Home

User`s Manual digitalYEWFLO Series Vortex Flowmeter

Contents

1. i Index i a Parameter Name Factory Default Write Explanation Index 012 Mode 0 6000 6100 Block Header TAG or DI2 Block Tag Information on this block such as the block tag DD revision O S and execution time 1 6001 6101 ST_REV 0 The revision level of the static data of the DI block The value of this parameter is incremented each time a static parameter value is changed 2 6002 6102 TAG_DESC Spaces AUTO The user description of the intended application of the block 3 6003 6103 STRATEGY 1 AUTO Used by an upper level system to identify grouping of the block Not checked or processed by the block 4 6004 6104 ALERT_KEY 1 AUTO The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms 5 6005 6105 MODE_BLK O S AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block 6 6006 6106 BLOCK ERR Indicates the error statuses related to the block itself 7 6007 6107 D The primary discrete value or process value for execution of the block s functions 8 6008 6108 OUT D MAN Indicates the value and status of block s output 9 6009 6109 SIMULATE D 1 Disabled AUTO Allows use of values manually set instead of the limit switch input from the transducer block When Disable is set for this value the block reflects the actual input value and status 1
2. Table 7 1 Alarm Indications and Alarm Mask Switches LCD Error Detail SU LCD Error Detail SWIA Peng AL 01 The EEPROM S failed Not provided AL 86 AR Range High AR RANGE is smaller Provided OFF AL 02 The serial communication circuit in the Not provided than AR Range Low amplifier failed type 1 error AL 87 Input1 AR IN_1 is over range Provided OFF AL 03 The serial communication circuit in the Not provided AL 88 AR IN_2 is over range Provided OFF amplifier failed type 2 error AL go AR Input AR IN is not connected to the Provided OFF AL 04 The EEPROM F failed Not provided volumetric flow AL 05 The flow sensor failed Provided ON AL 90 AR Input1 1 is not connected to the Provided OFF AL 06 The input circuit in the amplifier failed Provided ON temperature AL 07 The temperature circuit in the amplifier failed Not provided AL 01 AR IN_2 is not connected to the Provided OFF AL 08 The temperature sensor failed Not provided AR Compensation Coefficient Provided OFF AL 20 No function blocks are scheduled Not provided AR_FLOW_CONFIG Element changed AL 21 Resource Block is O S mode Not provided AL 92 unexpected AL 22 Transducer Block is in O S mode Not provided Output AR OUT Value is PS T Block Provided ON AR Output Range Un
3. 16 1016 RESTART 1 AUTO Indicate the ways of restart 1 Run 2 Restart resource 3 Restart with defaults and 4 Restart CPU processor 17 1017 FEATURES 0x000a Soft write Used to show supported resource block options lock supported Report supported IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 1 LIST PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO gt A1 2 Relative Write Index Index Parameter Name Factory Default Mode Explanation 18 1018 IFEATURE_SEL 0x000a AUTO Used to select resource block options Soft write lock Bit0 Scheduled supported Bit1 Event driven Report supported Bit2 Manufacturer specified 19 1019 0x0001 Scheduled Identifies the block execution methods available for this resource 20 1020 CYCLE_SEL 0x0001 Scheduled AUTO Used to select the block execution method for this resource 21 1021 CYCLE 3200 Time duration of the shortest cycle interval of which the resource is capable 22 1022 MEMORY SIZE 0 Available configuration memory in the empty resource To be checked before attempting a download 23 1023 NV CYCLE T 0 Interval between writing copies of NV parameters to non volatile memory Zero means never 24 1024 FREE SPACE 0 Percent of memory available for further configuration digitalYEWFLO has zero which means a preconfigured resource 25 1025 FREE TI
4. 4 24204222 A8 4 A8 5 Zuma kashaspan A8 4 A8 6 Direction of Control Action uuu uu uuu uu uuu u uuu u uu uuu uuu A8 4 A8 7 Control Action Bypass LLL u A8 5 A8 8 u u 2 RS A8 5 A8 9 Block A8 5 A810 Bumpless Transfer cene A8 6 A811 Setpoint Limiters A8 6 A8 11 1 When PID Block is in AUTO Mode A8 6 A8 11 2 When PID Block is in CAS or RCAS A8 6 A8 12 External output Tracking U nnne nnn u T A8 7 A8 13 Measured value A8 7 A8 14 Initialization and Manual Fallback A8 7 8 15 Manual Fallback A8 8 A8 16 Auto Fallback ertet hana A8 8 A8 17 Mode Shedding upon Computer Failure esses A8 8 818 8 9 8 18 1 Block Alarm BLOCK A8 9 A8 18 2 Process A8 9 A8 19 Example of Block Connections u u u A8 10 APPENDIX 9 DD 9 1 APPENDIX 10 METHOD esis eee eee ee eee A10 1 10 1 Transducer
5. Do you want to set the folowing arameter FLUI Cancel Abort Setup Wizard terminating et the following parameter FLUID_TYPE Liquid Volume Set the following parameter Gas Steam Volume BASE TEMP 1 Liquid Mass Gas Steam Mass Set the following parameters PRESSURE_UNIT PROCESS_PRESSURE BASE_PRESSURE 1 v Set the following parameter DEVIATION 1 Gas STD Normal FA1001 ai IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 10 METHOD gt A10 2 1 Continued Sub method THERMOMETER_FUNCTION Do you want to set the Cancel following parameter No Abort THERMOMETER FUNCTION C Setup Wizard terminating et the following parameter THERMOMETER FUNCTION Skip Not Use Saturated Steam Monitor Only Superheat Steam Gas STD Normal Liquid Mass v v v Jump to method of Jump to method of Set the following parameters Set the following parameter Set the following parameters FLUID_TYPE FLUID_TYPE PRESSURE_UNIT BASE TEMP 1 DENSITY UNIT PROCESS PRESSURE 1 BASE DENSITY 1 v Set the followii ters PRESSURE UNIT Set the following parameter PROCESS_PRESSURE BASE BASE PRESSURE 1 Set the following parameters FIRST_TEMP_COEF Set the following parameter SECOND T
6. SWM10A 3uwo oj 395 LINA 3AITIOA 3WfTIOA HV Sumo o 395 pnb 286 2 155944 sep g uonesueduioo pinbr 296 uoigesuadwoo 2 155944 sey gg 3 6 26 dnies 4039e 4 Ajisuaq pouieui qns lt APPENDIX 10 METHOD gt A10 7 2 Flow Configuration Method C Flow Configuration Coef method v Display the start message v Display the following parameters CONFIG ELEMENTO01 16 4 Exit v Do you want to change he Flow Config Parameters automatically judgement Mode Actual Man OOS display mode Show Flow Config Parameters Select the Flow Config Coef i d Change Flow Config Parameters Enter an element number to change v Display the following parameters CONFIG_ELEMENT01 16 Display the end message END you want to change
7. A10 1 A10 2 Enhanced AR BlOoCk A10 5 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD Option EE A11 1 A11 1 Benefits of Software Download A11 1 A11 2 Specifications u u uu uu uu 11 1 A11 3 Preparations for Software Downloading eene A11 1 A11 4 Software Download Sequence u A11 2 1 5 Download reris EAS aa ERN Aaina Aaaa ERR MER AREAS A11 2 A11 6 Steps after Activating a Field A11 3 117 Troubleshooting u A11 4 A11 8 Resource Block s Parameters Relating to Software Download A11 4 A11 9 System Network Management VFD Parameters Relating to Software Download A11 6 A11 94 Parameter List cen aaan A A aAa A A E AA A11 6 A11 9 2 Descriptions for Parameters A11 7 APPENDIX 12 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM PRM Plant Resource Manager A12 1 Revision Informati n L u i IM 01F06F00 01EN lt 1 INTRODUCTION gt 1 1 1 INTRODUCTION Thank you f
8. COMP LO LIM 6 BIAS IN GAIN IN i COMP HI FA0601 ai Figure A6 1 AR Block The Arithmetic block is divided into three sections Input section Makes a go no go decision on the The range extension function compensates the use of an input value switches the range and IN and IN_LO input values when two devices with determines the PV status different ranges are connected to make smooth Computation section Makes calculations input switching through ARITH_TYPE Output section Applies gain multiplication and bias addition to the calculated result to perform limitation processing for output IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 6 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK gt 2 A6 2 Input Section There are five inputs IN and IN_LO main inputs 1 1 2 and IN_3 auxiliary inputs IN and IN_LO are intended to connect devices with different measurement ranges and allow the use of switching a measurement range by selecting the measuring device However because there are slight differences between IN and LO values even when the same item is measured instantaneous switching causes abrupt changes in the output To prevent this phenomenon the Arithmetic block uses a function known as range extension to compensate the IN and IN_LO values between RANGE and RANGE LO This enables the input to be switched smoothly The result of the range extension function is substituted into PV
9. The at the end of the above device ID is a total of 8 alohanumeric characters Available characters are as follws ABCDEF 0123456789 5 CONFIGURATION 5 4 5 5 Communication Setting To set the communication function it is necessary to change the database residing in SM System Management VFD 5 5 1 VCR Setting Set VCR Virtual Communication Relationship which specifies the called party for communication and resources Each digitalYEWFLO has 33 VCRs whose application can be changed except for the first VCR which is used for management Each digitalYEWFLO has VCRs of four types Server QUB VCR A server responds to requests from a host This communication needs data exchange This type of communication is called QUB Queued User triggered Bidirectional VCR Source QUU VCR A source multicasts alarms or trends to other devices This type of communication is called QUU Queued User triggered Unidirectional VCR Publisher BNU VCR A publisher multicasts outputs of the Al blocks DI blocks AR block IT block and PID block to other function blocks This type of communication is called BNU Buffered Network triggered Unidirectional VCR Subscriber BNU VCR A subscriber receives output of another function block s by AR block IT block and PID block Each VCR has the parameters listed in Table 5 4 Parameters must be changed together for each VCR because modification for eac
10. 40 0 80 100 135 200 300 4506 NOTE USE HT VERSION ABOVE 250 7 IGIZING DELAY 3 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING E CE E SS TEMP 22007 USE THE HEAT RESISTING YOKOGAWA TIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD m Q h Remote type detector Flameproof digitar TAG NO VORTEX FLOWMETER MPa at 38 C STYLE 0344 2G No DEKRA 212 Ex d TC 16 11 40 606 CLASS Te 15 Th 18 I PROCESS TEMP 40 to 80 100 135 200 300 4506 NOTE USE JHT VERSION ABOVE 2500 Yokogawa Electric Corporation TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN 006 use THe HEAT RESISTING YOKOGAWA STATIC CHARGING HAZARD ade in i Remote type converter Flameproof digits VWEWFLO VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER STYLE o344 026 No DEKRA 11ATEXO212K ExdICT6 Gb o 40 TO 60 C 30 6070 WITH INDICATOR Yokogawa Electric Corporation AFTER DE ENERGIZING DELAY 3 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD YOKOGAWA READ IM 01F06A01 01 O Made in 2 Integral type Intrinsically safe dsitaYEwrlo EIE VORTEX FLOWMETER MWP MPa at 38 C amp 0344 9 to 17 5 24
11. Table 8 5 Contents of DEVICE_STATUS_5 Index 1049 Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0x08000000 AI3 O S mode AL 28 AI3 Block is O S mode 0x04000000 IT in O S mode AL 29 IT Block is in O S mode 0x02000000 O S mode AL 30 AR Block is in O S mode 0x00800000 in MAN mode AL 77 Block is in Manual mode 0x00400000 AI3 in simulate active AL 78 Block is in simulation mode 0x00200000 not scheduled AL 79 Block is not scheduled 0x00080000 MAN mode AL 80 IT Block is in Manual mode 0x00040000 not scheduled AL 81 IT Block is not scheduled 0x00020000 Total not saved AL 82 IT Total backup failed Last IT Output Value IT OUT Value could not saved 0x00010000 Conf Err CLOCK PER AL 83 IT Clock Period ITLCLOCK PER is smaller than IT Period of Execution IT EXECUTION PERIOD 0x00004000 AR in MAN mode AL 84 AR Block is in Manual mode 0x00002000 AR not scheduled AL 85 AR Block is not scheduled 0x00001000 AR Conf Err RANGE HI LO AL 86 AR Range High AR RANGE is smaller than AR Range Low AR RANGE _ LOW 0x00000800 AR Temp IN over range AL 87 AR Input1 1 is over range 0x00000400 AR Press IN over range AL 88 AR Input2 AR IN 2 is over range 0x00000200 AR Flow IN not connect AL 89 AR Input AR IN is not connected to the volumetric flow 0x00000100 AR Temp IN not connect AL 90 AR Input1
12. lt APPENDIX 1 LIST PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO gt A1 5 i Inde Relative 2 Parameter Factory Write Mode Explanation Index AM AI3 Default 28 4028 4128 4228 HI 1 INF AUTO The setting for high alarm in engineering units Note 1 29 14029 4129 4229 LO PRI 0 Priority the low alarm 0 1 to 15 30 4030 4130 4230 1 INF AUTO The setting for the low alarm in engineering units Note 2 31 4031 4131 4231 LO LO PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the low low alarm 0 1 3to 15 32 4032 4132 4232 LO LO LIM 1 INF AUTO The setting of the low low alarm in engineering units Note 2 33 14033 4133 4233 ALM The status for high high alarm and its associated time stamp 34 4034 4134 4234 HI ALM The status for high alarm and its associated time stamp 35 14035 4135 4235 LO_ALM The status of the low alarm and its associated time stamp 36 4036 4136 4236 LO LO The status of the low low alarm and its associated time stamp 37 4037 4237 TOTAL 0 Indicates the totalized flow rate 38 4038 4238 TOTAL START 1 Stop AUTO Starts stops the totalizer 39 4039 4239 TOTAL RATE VA 1 O S Totalization rate Note 4 40 4040 4240 TOTAL RESET 1 Off AUTO Resets the totalized flow rate This parameter value reverts to 1 Off after i
13. 0x00 0000010000100 0x10 0x15 FA0704 ai 5 MaxTokenHoldTimeArray An 8 x 64 byte variable in which each set of 2 bytes represents the delegation time set as an octet time assigned to a device The delegation time denotes a time period that is given to a device by means of a PT message sent from the LAS within each token circulation cycle The leading 2 bytes correspond to the device address 0x00 and the final 2 bytes to the device address OxFF Specify the subindex to access this parameter 6 BootOperatFunctionalClass Writing 1 to this parameter in a device and restarting the device causes the device to start as a basic device On the contrary writing 2 to this parameter and restarting the device causes the device to start as an LM 7 CurrentLinkSettingRecord and ConfiguredLinkSettingsRecord CurrentLinkSettingRecord indicates the bus parameter settings currently used ConfiguredLinkSettingsRecord indicates the bus parameter settings to be used when the device becomes the LAS Thus when a device is the LAS its CurrentLinkSettingRecord and ConfiguredLinkSettingsRecord have the same values Sub Element Size Descrip index bytes tion 1 SlotTime 2 6 2 PerDlpduPhlOverhead 1 V PhLO 3 MaxResponseDelay 1 V MRD 4 FirstUnpolledNodeld 1 V FUN 5 ThisLink 2 6 MinInterPduDelay 1 V MID 7 NumConsecUnpolledNodeld 1 V NUN 8 PreambleExtension 1 V PhPE 9 Po
14. Setup of the added parameter needed Adds a block Reengineering and setup of the added block s parameters needed Changes the number of system network management VFD parameters Reengineering needed 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD Option EE gt A11 4 A11 7 Troubleshooting For information on the download tool s error messages see also the software s User s Manual Table A11 2 Problems after Software Update Symptom Cause Remedy An error occurs before starting a The selected download file is not for the Check SOFTDWN_ERROR in the resource download disabling the download selected field device block and obtain the correct file An error occurs after starting a You attempted to update the device revision by Check SOFTDWN_ERROR in the resource download disabling the download downloading a file which is not an original file and obtain the original file The selected field device does not support Check whether the option code EE is included software downloading in the model and suffix codes of the device The voltage on the fieldbus segment falls below Check the capacity of the field bus power the specified limit 9 volts supply used and the voltage at the terminal There was an error a checksum or the Check SOFTDWN_ERROR in the resource number of transmission bytes block and obtain the correct file The download tool does n
15. 2 of INTEG INTEG is one of the System parameters and should be set by the user The values of IN 1 and IN 2are not retained if the power is turned OFF A5 2 1 Determining Input Value Statuses The following shows the correlation between the statuses of input parameters IN 1 IN 2 and the statuses of input values used in the Integrator block Statuses of Input Bit 4 of INTEG OPTS Bit 5 of INTEG OPTS Status of Input Values Parameters IN 1 IN 2 Use Uncertain Use Bad Handled in IT Block Good Irrelevant Irrelevant Good Bad Irrelevant H 21 Good Bad Irrelevant L 20 Bad Uncertain 21 Irrelevant Good Uncertain L 20 Irrelevant Bad For addition Read APPENDIX 5 3 if the status of an input value is Bad the Good value just before the status changed to Bad is used is used A5 2 2 Converting the Rate The following describes an example of rate conversion In rate conversion firstly convert the unit of two inputs to that based on seconds Even if the Use Bad option is used changing the internal status to Good the value of Good just before the status changed to Next convert the unit of the inputs to the same unit to be added together The unit of IN 2 is standardized to that of IN 1 Then calculates a weight volume or energy by multiplying each input value and block execution time Bec
16. Note With the same setting some units are represented differently between the FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication type and the HART or BRAIN communication type of a digitalYEWFLO Each unit enclosed in brackets above shows the unit for the HART or BRAIN communication type of a digitalYEWFLO corresponding to the preceding unit for the FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication type Table 6 3 Setting Range of EU at 100 of XD _ SCALE Depending on Unit Block Unit Selected Setting Range of EU at 100 Read Table 6 2 above 0 0 AI2 C 273 15 to 999 9 459 67 999 9 Read Table 6 2 0 0 OUT_SCALE Sets the range of output from 0 to 100 Available units for OUT SCALE are the same as units for XD SCALE in Table 6 2 and percentage L TYPE Specifies the operation function of the block The factory default is Direct so the input delivered to CHANNEL is directly reflected on OUT If set to Indirect scaling by XD SCALE and OUT SCALE is carried out and is reflected on OUT Indirect SQRT is not used for a digitalYEWFLO PV FTIME Sets the time constant of the damping function within Al block primary delay in seconds Alarm Priority Indicates the priority of the process alarm If a value of 3 or greater is set an alarm is transmitted The factory default is 0 Four types of alarm can be set PRI LO_ PRI and LO LO PRI Alarm Threshold Sets the threshold at
17. OUT D MODE Alarms DISC Figure A4 4 Function Diagram of DI Block IM 01F06F00 01EN lt APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK gt A5 1 APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK The Integrator IT block adds two main inputs and OUT Value Integration start value Total integrates them for output The block compares the Total Total Current Integral integrated or accumulated value to TOTAL_SP and Current Integral x y x At PRE_TRIP and generates discrete output signals x IN_1 value whose unit has been converted OUT_TRIP or OUT_PTRIP when the limits are y IN_2 value whose unit has been converted reached At block execution period The output is as represented by the following equation for counting upward and rate conversion A5 1 Schematic Diagram of Integrator Block The following shows the schematic diagram of the Integrator block INTEG_OPTS INPUT TYPE Q TIME_UNIT1 INTEG_TYPE INTEG_OPTS QUALITY 1 Convert Rate GOOD_LIM oware UNCERT_LIM Convert Accum INTEG_OPTS FLOW TYPE CLOCK_PER REV FLOW1 PULSE_VAL1 T O MAN Integrate Q INTEG_OPTS OUT INPUT TYPE TOTAL RTOTAL Convert Accum OP_CMD_INT Ore RESET REV FLOW2 UR OUT_TRIP TIME_UNIT2 i 4 Convert Rate INTEG_OPTS gt MAN O Compare RESET_IN RESET_CONFIRM FA0501 ai Figure A5 1 Integrator Block
18. indicating a computer failure setting Read APPENDIX 8 17 Mode To activate mode transitions to AUTO CAS RCAS and ROUT the respective target modes must be set beforehand to MODE_BLK permitted Atransition to CAS RCAS or ROUT requires that initialization of the cascade connection has been completed A8 10 Bumpless Transfer Prevents a sudden change in the control output OUT at changes in block mode and at switching of the connection from the control output OUT to the cascaded secondary function block The action to perform a bump less transfer differs depending on the MODE_BLK values A8 11 Setpoint Limiters Active setpoint limiters that limit the changes in the SP value differ depending on the block mode as follows A8 11 1 When PID Block is in AUTO Mode When the value of MODE_BLK is AUTO the four types of limiters are in force high limit low limit rate of increase limit and rate of decrease limit Setpoint High Low Limits Avalue larger than the value of SP cannot be set for SP Avalue smaller than the value of SP LO LIM cannot be set for SP Setpoint Rate Limits The setpoint rate limits are used to restrict the magnitude of changes in the SP value so as to change the SP value gradually towards a new setpoint Anincrease of the SP value at each execution period period of execution in the Block Header is limited to the value of SP RATE UP Ad
19. 01F06F00 01EN STATUS 4 bit i The current flow rate is fluctuating more than 20 AL 54 4 AL 54 Remedy Check the pipeline condition When this alarm occurs several time contact the is DS nearest office or service center Indicator is over the range AL 61 Indicator Over 4 64 Remedy Check the value of Al1 Transducer Scale AI1 XD_SCALE orAM Output RS DEVICE Scale Al1 OUT_SCALE STATUS 4 SoftDL Incomplete Software download is incomplete Remedy Check the cables power and RB Softdown Error RB SOFTDOWN _ ERROR RS DEVICE _ STATUS 1 bit24 SoftDL Failure Software download failed Remedy Check the download file and RB Softdown Error RB SOFTDOWN ERROR RS DEVICE STATUS 1 bit25 Abnormal Boot Process Abnormal boot processing was detected at the time of startig Remedy Check cable power and RB SOFTDWN ERROR RB SOFTDOWN _ ERROR RS DEVICE STATUS 1 bit26 IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 12 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM PRM Plant Resource Manager gt A12 3 Table A12 3 Configuration Mandatory AL 23 Alarm item Alarm No Description Parameter RB in O S Mode AL 21 Resource Block is in O S mode AL 21 RS DEVICE _ AL 21 Remedy Change the RB Block Mode Target RB MODE BLK Target to Auto mode 5 05 1 bit22 TB in O S Mode AL 22 Transducer Block is in O S mode AL 22 RS DEVICE AL 22 Remedy Ch
20. SIZE_SELECT BODY_TYPE VORTEX_SENSOR_ TYPE K_FACTOR_UNIT K_FACTOR LOWCUT UPPER_DISPLAY_MODE LOWER_DISPLAY_MODE DISPLAY_CYCLE USER_ADJUST REYNOLDS_ADJUST VISCOSITY_VALUE GAS_EXPANSION_FACT FLOW_ADJUST PR FLOW_ADJ_ FREQUENCY N FLOW ADJ DATA N 81 TLA_VALUE NOISE_BALANCE_MODE 82 NOISE_RATIO 83 SIGNAL_LEVEL 84 FLOW_VELOCITY 85 SPAN_VELOCITY 86 VORTEX_FREQ 87 SPAN_FREQ 88 FLUID_DENSITY 89 SENSOR_ERROR_ RECORD 90 MODEL 32 91 ALARM_SUM 153 VOLUME_FLOW 154 VOLUME_FLOW_UNIT Total bytes 16 62 57 75 67 50 88 IM 01F06F00 01EN lt 5 CONFIGURATION gt 5 11 Table 5 13 View Objects for Each Al Function Table 5 14 View Objects for Each DI Function Block Block Relative Parameter VIEW_ VIEW_ VIEW_ VIEW_ Relative Parameter VIEW_ VIEW_ VIEW_ VIEW_ Index Mnemonic 1 2 3 4 Index Mnemonic 1 2 3 4 1 ST_REV 2 2 2 2 1 ST_REV 2 2 2 2 2 DESC 2 TAG DESC 3 STRATEGY 2 3 STRATEGY 2 4 ALERT KEY 1 4 ALERT KEY 1 5 MODE BLK 4 4 5 MO
21. Yokogawa internal use 44 1044 SIM ENABLE MSG Spaces AUTO Software switch for simulation function 45 1045 DEVICE STATUS 1 Device status VCR setting etc 46 1046 DEVICE STATUS 2 Device status failure or setting error etc 47 1047 DEVICE_STATUS_3 Device status function block setting 48 1048 DEVICE STATUS 4 Device status sensor status 49 1049 STATUS 5 Device status function block setting 50 1050 DEVICE STATUS 6 Not used for digitalYEWFLO 51 1051 DEVICE STATUS 7 Not used for digitalYEWFLO 52 1052 DEVICE STATUS 8 Not used for digitalYEWFLO 53 1053 SOFTDWN 0x01 AUTO Mask the software download function PROTECT 0x01 No masking 0x02 Masking 54 1054 SOFTDWN_ 0x01 AUTO Select the software download function format FORMAT 0x01 Conform to FF Specification 55 1055 SOFTDWN_COUNT 0x0000 Number of the execution times of the software download function 56 1056 SOFTDWN 0x00 Display he running Flash ROM number AREA 0 Flash is running 1 Flash is running 57 1057 SOFTDWN MOD 0 1 1H 7 0 Display the module revision of the software REV 58 1058 SOFTDWN ERROR 0 Display the error at the software downloading A1 2 Function Block i Index Relative Parameter Name Factory Write Mode Explanation Index AM AI3 Default 0 4000 4100 4200 Block Header TAG 11 Block Tag Information on this block
22. 5 24 Determining the Input Flow Direction A5 3 Adder A5 4 A5 3 1 Status of Value after 5 4 2932 A5 4 Integrator i iii EE ESA 5 4 5 m A5 6 A5 5 1 Status Determination sss A5 6 5 5 2 Determining the 5 7 A5 5 3 Mode 5 8 5 8 A5 6 1 Reset accen ee ede a eo d e d ge tage 5 8 A562 5 ep edet 5 8 A5 6 3 Reset 55 5 9 List of Integrator Block Parameters eene A5 10 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK A6 1 Schematic Diagram of Arithmetic Block 1 Iul A6 2 A6 2 1 Tm 2 A6 2 2 Auxillary Inputs uuu eden end d A6 2 46 23 INPUT OBTS suse reo tre eer eater eet A6 3 A6 2 4 Relationship between the Main Inputs and PV A6 3 Computation Section L UI ER DR X RSEN ADR RADAR ura A6 4 A6 3 1 Computing Equations A6 4 A6 3 2 Enhanced Computing 4 A6 3 3 Compensated ValUes 5 3
23. B Operation WARNING n case of Flameproof wait 3 min after power is turned off before opening the covers Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 01 06 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT gt 10 4 m Maintenance and Repair WARNING The instrument modification or parts replacement by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the certification Integral type 1 Terminat Terminator erminator DYA BN Flowmeter Converter Flowmeter Ao T O 4 t O Bo oB o o To oT 1 Co 175 I 4 O Field Instrument t Field Instrument 4 O 9 Field Instrument Hazardous Location Installation Diagram of Intrinsically safe and Note Remote type DYC Signal Cable O 9 Field Instrument o Hazardous Location Terminator Non Hazardous Location Terminator Non Hazardous Location Safety Safety Barriar 1 En 1 Wire for T termanal With temperature sensortype Installed Wit
24. FA0802 ai PV derivative PI D control algorithm AMVn K A PVn SPn PVn SPn AT A APVn FA0803 ai Where AMVn change in control output APVn change in measured controlled value PVn PVn 1 AT control period period_of_execution in Block Header K proportional gain GAIN 100 proportional band integral time RESET derivative time RATE The subscripts n and n 1 represent the time of sampling such that PVn and PVn 1 denote the PV value sampled most recently and the PV value sampled at the preceding control period respectively PID Control Parameters The table below shows the PID control parameters Parameter Description Valid Range GAIN Proportional gain 0 05 to 20 RESET Integral time 0 1 to 10 000 seconds RATE Derivative time 0 to infinity seconds A8 5 Control Output The final control output value MV is computed based on the change in control output AMVn which is calculated at each control period in accordance with the aforementioned algorithm The PID block in a digitalYEWFLO performs the velocity type output action for the control output Velocity Type Output Action The PID block determines the control output OUT value by adding the change in control output calculated in the current control period AMVn to the value read back from the output destination BKCAL This velocity type output action c
25. Good 29 INTEG OPTS 0x0004 AUTO Carries over an excess exceeding the threshold at reset to the 6 next integration Note that this does not apply to UP AUTO or DN AUTO 7 Add zero if bad an increment as zero if the status of the increment is Confirm reset After a reset rejects the next reset until Confirm is set to RESET CONFIRM 9 Generates an alert event at reset event 10 15 Reserved f both forward and reverse flows are enabled or disabled both forward and reverse flows are integrated 30 CLOCK PER 86400 0 sec AUTO Specify the period at which a periodic reset is made 31 TRIP 100000 0 AUTO Setan allowance applied before an integrated value exceeds the setpoint 32 N RESET 0 0 Indicates the number of resets in the range of 0 to 999999 The ratio of the integrated values of the absolute values of the increments whose 33 PCT INCL 0 0 status is Good to the integrated values of the absolute values of the increments irrelevant to the status Equation The threshold value of the ratio of the integrated values of the increments whose 0 of 0 0 AUTO status is Good to all integrated values in which the status of OUT is Good The threshold value of the ratio of the integrated values of the increments 35 UNCERT LIM 0 0 AUTO whose status is Good to all the integrated values in which the status of OUT is Uncertain 36 OP CMD INT 0 AUTO Operator command t
26. In Out Of Service mode the Al block does not operate The Manual mode does not allow values to be updated The Auto mode causes the measured value to be updated Under normal circumstances set the Auto mode to take effect The Auto mode is the factory default CHANNEL This is the parameter of the transducer block to be input to the Al block block is assigned flow rate AI2 block is assigned temperature block is assigned volumetric flow rate for AR block This setting can not be changed XD SCALE Scale of input from the transducer block The maximum flow rate range in the registered sizing data is setting 0 0 10 000 100 and m h for the unit are factory set in case of UNCALIBRATION order Changing the unit can be set only in flow rate also causes the unit within the transducer block to be automatically changed The unit is automatically changed according to the unit selected by AI1 AI2 Units which can be set by SCALE are shown in Table 6 2 The setting range of the 10096 scale XD SCALE EU at 100 depends on the unit setting XD SCALE Units Index as shown in Table 6 3 IM 01 06 00 01 lt 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS gt 6 5 Table 6 2 Available Units Item xD SCALE Block channel 1 LIQUID Mass GAS STEAM Mass Available Units kg s 1322 kg min 1323 kg h 1324 kg d 1325 t s 1326 t min 1327 t h 1328
27. Provided ON IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 3 LCD Display AL 01 Alarm Detail AMP Module Failure 1 AL 01 DI1 Block DI2 Block lt PV_D Status gt Default Bad Non Specific e STATUS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure OUT D Status Default Bad Non Specific e STATUS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure PID Block IT Block AR Block Alarm Reset SW default Not provided AL 02 COM Circuit Failure 1 AL 02 PV D Status Default Bad Non Specific e STATUS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure OUT D Status Default Bad Non Specific e STATUS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure Not provided AL 03 COM Circuit Failure 2 AL 03 PV D Status Default Bad Non Specific e STATUS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure OUT D Status Default Bad Non Specific e STATUS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure Not provided AL 04 AMP Module Failure 2 AL 04 PV D Status Bad Non Specific OUT D Status Bad Non Specific Not provided AL 05 Flow Sensor Failure AL 05 PV D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific OUT D Status TARGET in TB s LIM
28. Relative Index Grant Deny Grant Deny Quey Device IT Standard parameters FA0907 ai 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 9 MENU gt A9 8 9 AR Function Block Menus Block Info Block Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Inputs Input Status Value Input Low Status Value Pre Output Status Value Density Factor Status Value Density Factor Unit Configuration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Input Parameters Range Extension Bias Gain Bias Input 1 Gain Input 1 Bias Input 2 Gain Input 2 Bias Input 3 Gain Input Input Options EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Algorithm Parameters Arithmetic Type Process Value Scale Compensation High Limit Compensation Low Limit Output Parameters Balance Time Bias Output High Limit Output Low Limit Output Range EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host Density Factor Parameters Density Factor Setup Wizard Volumetric Flow Unit Temperature Set Temperature Unit Base Temperature Pressure Set Pressure Unit Base Pressure Abs Density Set Density Unit Base Density Deviation First Temperature Coef Second Temperature Coef Flow Configuration Coef
29. Status gt Other Default XD ERROR Bad Non Specific AMP Module STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Failure 1 AL 01 Bad Device Failure AL 01 Status gt Not provided Bad Device lt OUT Status gt Failure Default Bad Non Specific lt SV Status gt STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Bad Device Failure Failure BLOCK ERR lt Status gt Other Default XD ERROR Bad Non Specific COM Circuit STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active m Failure 1 AL 02 Bad Device Failure AL 02 21 4 lt PV Status gt Not provided Bad Device lt OUT Status gt Failure Default Bad Non Specific lt SV Status gt STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Bad Device Failure Failure BLOCK ERR lt PV Status gt Other Default XD ERROR Bad Non Specific COM Circuit STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active m Failure 2 AL 03 Bad Device Failure AL 03 21 4 lt PV Status gt Not provided Bad Device lt OUT Status gt Failure Default Bad Non Specific lt SV Status gt STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Bad Device Failure Failure lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt PV Status gt ERROR Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt AMP Module AMP Module ct Static Data Failure 2 AL 04 Not provided Failure 2 AL 04 Lost MV Data lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific lt QUT Status gt lt SV Status gt
30. Temperature temperature compensation factor using equation API JIS 2249 For Natural gas accuracy condition is Pressure condition Pressure range 0 to 12MPa 1 1 Pressure signal 0 2 For natural gas AGA No 8 is ene aas Flow velocity Temperature condition applied for temperature pressure inclu dit 35m sorless Temperature Temperature range 10 to 65 compensation computing 9 1 6 and Pressure Temperature signal 0 1 For general gas and liquid DIPPR Natural gas Flow velocity database is applied AIChE American 35m s to 80m s General gas is computed using physical Institute of Chemical Engineers for properties supported by DIPPR database Mass flow computing AIChE American Institute of Chemical Engineers Density calculation parameters are downloaded by FSA120 FieldMate 22 properties FlowNavigator Note 3 Liquid Not fixed Temperature ae Note 1 Mass Flow Accuracy for Steam and Natural gas is computed adding by Temperature and Pressure compensation based on Volumetric Flow Accuracy Note 2 Read GS 01F06A00 01EN about mass volmetric flow accuracy of Al1 output Note 3 Read GS 01C25R51 01EN IM 01 06 00 01 lt 9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 9 2 Mass Flow or Volumetric Flow at Norminal Standard condition Accuracy using Arithmetic AR function block when Multi Variable Type option code MV High Process Temperature Version Multi Variable Type com
31. l u u A1 6 AVA DI FunctioniBlock u u 1 11 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS eee A2 1 A2 1 Applications and Selection of Basic Parameters A2 1 A2 2 Setting and Change of Basic Parameters eene A2 2 A2 3 Setting the Al Function Blocks U A2 2 2 4 Setting the Transducer Block A2 4 2 5 Setting the DI Function A2 6 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE A3 1 APPENDIX 4 FUNCTION DIAGRAMS OF FUNCTION BLOCKS A4 1 A4 1 Al Function Block ornetur that ca kun A4 1 A4 2 DI F nction ss cete tas vers tro A4 1 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 5 5 1 5 2 A5 3 5 4 5 5 A5 6 5 7 APPENDIX 6 1 2 A6 3 A6 4 A6 5 A6 6 A6 7 INTEGRATOR BLOCK A5 1 Schematic Diagram of Integrator Block A5 1 Input Process Section u u u uuu u A5 2 A5 2 1 Determining Input Value Statuses A5 2 A5 2 2 Converting the 5 2 5 2 3 Converting 5 3
32. 6 6 T IN PROCESS OPERATION 7 1 7 1 h KE 7 1 7 2 Generation of Alarim cacti tvancissetecstecenancvescteasteesveseveaerssadesentsevenarese 7 1 7 2 1 Indication of u s R a ayaq 7 1 7 2 2 Alarms Ewvehls ERTIR 7 3 7 3 Simulation Functlon 7 3 8 DEVICE STATUS u 8 1 9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 9 1 9 1 Standard Specilications uu u u u u u u u uu u U uuu 9 1 9 2 Model and Suffix Codes U u 9 3 9 3 Optional 5 LI aaa a sassa 9 4 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 10 1 10 1 u u 10 1 10 2 10 6 10 3 ECER c RR 10 10 10 4 CS Ay G 10 12 10 5 cre 10 14 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digital YEWFLO A 1 1 PV ARES OUNCE BOCK intr CARA ERR HERR SR UAR 1 1 A1 2 Al Function 1 3 A1 3 Iransducer Blocka
33. 999 9 to 999 9 52 2052 BASE TEMP 15 Note 5 O S Sets the temperature under the standard conditions of the process Setting range from 999 9 to 999 9 53 2053 DENSITY UNIT Kg m 1097 Note 5 O S Selects the unit of density 54 2054 PROCESS 1024 5 0 5 Sets the density of the process fluid under the normal DENSITY operating conditions Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 55 2055 BASE_DENSITY 1024 Note 5 O S Sets the density of the process fluid under the standard operating conditions Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 56 2056 PRESSURE UNIT MPaa 1545 Note 5 O S Selects the unit of pressure between 1545 MPaa and 1547 kPaa 57 2057 55 0 1013 Note 5 O S Sets the normal operating absolute pressure of the PRESSURE process Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 58 2058 BASE PRESSURE 0 1013 Note 5 O S Sets the absolute pressure under the standard conditions of the process Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 59 2059 DEVIATION 1 Note 5 O S Sets the deviation factor of the process fluid Setting range 0 001 to 10 0 60 2060 SECONDARY 4s AUTO Sets the time constant of damping for the temperature _ VALUE calculation Setting range 0 to 99 s 61 2061 CABLE LENGTH 0 O S Sets the length of cable between the flow detector and remote amplifier Set 0 for an integral type digitalYEWFLO Setting range 0 to 30 meters 62 2062 FIRST TEMP 0 O S Sets the first temperature coefficient for the density _
34. FA0701 ai Figure A7 1 Example of Fieldbus configuration 3 LMs on Same Segment 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS gt A7 2 A7 3 Transfer of LAS There are two procedures for an LM to become the LAS 1 Ifthe LM whose value of V ST xV TN is the smallest on a segment with the exception of the current LAS judges that there is no LAS on the segment in such a case as when the segment has started up or when the current LAS has failed the LM declares itself as the LAS then becomes the LAS With this procedure an LM backs up the LAS as shown in the following figure 2 The LM whose value of V ST xV TN is the smallest on a segment with the exception of the current LAS requests the LAS on the same segment to transfer the right of being the LAS then becomes the LAS Node address 0x14 SlotTime 5 LM LM Node address Node address Node address Node address Node address Node address Basic device 0x15 0x16 OxF1 SlotTime 5 SlotTime 5 Figure A7 2 Backup of LAS To set up a digitalYEWFLO as a device that is capable of backing up the LAS follow the procedure below NOTE When changing the settings in a digitalYEWFLO add the digitalYEWFLO to the segment in which an LAS is running After making changes to the settings do not turn off the power to the digitalYEWFLO for at least 60 seconds 1 Set the node address of the digitalYEWFLO In general use an address from 0
35. FA0903 ai A9 3 01 06 00 01 4 Al2 Function Block Menus Block Info Block Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Field Value Status Value Process Value Status Value Output Status Value Configuration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Channel Transducer Scale EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Output Scale EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Process Value Filter Time Options Linearization Type Low Cutoff Options Status Options Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host APPENDIX 9 DD MENU Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Alert Parameters Block Almarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Alarm Summary Current Unacknowledged Unreported Disabled Acknowledge Option Alarm Hysteresis High High Alarm Set High High Priority High High Limit High High Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value High Alarm Set High Priority High Limit High Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value Low Alarm Set Low Priorit Low Limit Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value Low Low Alarm Set Low Low Priorit Low Low Limit Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm Sta
36. Name Method Integration Range following conditions is established Trip Output 10181 OUT reaches TOTAL SP UP_AUTO 1 90119 up IN 1 Starting from 0 0 lt RTotal lt INF CMD INT 1 INF lt AccTotal lt INF INF Total lt INF Counting up 0 lt ATotal lt INF 1 UP_DEM 2 Starting from 0 0 lt RTotal lt INF CMD INT 1 o INF AccTotal lt INF Counting down 3 OUT reaches 0 DN_AUTO 3 from 0 lt RTotal lt INF RESET IN 1 TOTAL_SP INF lt AccTotal lt INE OP_CMD_INT 1 Counting down NES Teal INF 0 lt ATotal lt INF RESET IN 1 DN_DEM 4 AD e 0 lt RTotal lt INF INT 1 o INF lt AccTotal lt INF INF lt Total lt INF Counting up 0 lt ATotal lt INF At the period specified by CLOCK PER PERIODIC S Starting from 0 0 lt RTotal lt INF 1 INF AccTotal lt INF INF Total lt INF Counting up 0 lt ATotal lt INF RESET IN 1 DEMAND 6 Starting from 0 0 lt RTotal lt INF INT 1 INF AccTotal lt INF INF Total lt INF PER amp DEM 7 Counting Oc lt INF Starting from 0 0 lt RTotal lt INF CMD INT 1 INF lt AccTotal lt INF o Trip output is made x No trip output is made IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT B
37. User s digitalYEWFLO Series Manual Vortex Flowmeter FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication Type 01FO6FO0 01EN vigilantplant 1 YOKOGAWA 9th Edition Yokogawa Electric Corporation digitalYEWFLO Series Vortex Flowmeter FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication Type IM 01F06F00 01EN 9th Edition Contents 1 INTRODUCTION uu 1 1 1 1 Using This Instrument 5 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 3 ATEX Documentation 1 4 2 AMPLIFIER FOR FIELDBUS COMMUNICATION 2 1 3 ABOUT FIELDBUS 3 1 3 1 ieri 3 1 3 2 Internal Structure of digitalYEWFLDO u uu uuu u 3 1 3 2 1 System Network 3 1 3 2 2 Function nit eroi 3 1 3 3 Logical Structure of Each Block 3 2 3 4 Wiring System Configuration 3 2 4 GETTING STARTED Z u lulu Susu S DENS 4 1 4 1 Connection of Devices u u u u u 4 1 4 2 Host Setting 4 2 43 Power on of digitalYEWFLO 4 2 4 4 Integratiom OF DD ii i l i i t asa 4
38. rduge l hima lokagava Yokogawa kontori v i esindaja poole Wszystkie instrukcje obs ugi dla urz dze w wykonaniu przeciwwybuchowym Ex zgodnych z wymaganiami ATEX dost pne s w jezyku angielskim niemieckim i francuskim Je eli wymagana jest instrukcja obs ugi w Pa stwa lokalnym je zyku prosimy o kontakt z najbli szym biurem Yokogawy Vsi predpisi in navodila za ATEX Ex sorodni pridelki so pri roki angli ini nemS ini ter francog ini Ee so Ex sorodna navodila potrebna v va em tukejnjem jeziku kontaktirajte va najbli i Yokogawa office ili predstaunika Az ATEX Ex m szerek g pk nyveit angol n met s francia nyelven adjuk ki Amennyiben helyi nyelven k rik az Ex eszk z k le r sait k rj k keress k fel a legk zelebbi Yokogawa irod t vagy k pviseletet ATEX Yokogawa Toate manualele de instructiuni pentru produsele ATEX Ex sunt in limba engleza germana si franceza In cazul in care doriti instructiunile in limba locala trebuie sa contactati cel mai apropiat birou sau reprezentant Yo
39. 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT gt B Wiring Explosion proof WARNING All wiring shall comply with Canadian Electrical Code Part and Local Electrical Codes n Hazardous locations wiring shall be in conduit as shown in the figure ASEAL SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 50cm OF THE ENCLOSURE When the equipment is installed in Division 2 FACTORY SEALED CONDUIT SEAL NOT REQUIRED B Operation Explosion proof WARNING Note a warning label worded as follows Warning OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE REMOVING COVER Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations B Maintenance and Repair WARNING The instrument modification or part replacements by other than authorized representatives of Yokogawa Electric Corporation are prohibited and will void CSA Certification Dual Seal Option CF11 Dual Seal Certified by CSA to the requirement of ANSI ISA 12 27 01 No additional sealing required Primary seal failure annunciation at the O ring seal portion between shedder bar and amplifier housing 10 13 IM 01 06 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT gt 10 14 Certificate Model Shedder Integral Type Flowmeter Remote Type Detector bar Material None Indicator
40. 1 Block input 1 value and status The Integrator block is classified into the following IN 2 Block input 2 value and status five sections for each function REV FLOWt1 Indicates whether the sign of 1 is Input process section Determines the reversed It is a discrete signal input value status converts the rate and FLOWZ Indicates whether the sign of 2 is accumulation and determines the input flow reversed It is a discrete signal direction RESET Resets the integrated values It is a Adder Adds the two inputs ntegrator Integrates the result of the adder into the integrated value Output process section Determines the status and value of each output parameter Reset process section Resets the integrated values discrete signal RESET CONFIRM Reset confirmation input It is a discrete signal OUT Block output value and status OUT PTRIP Set if the target value exceeds PRE_ TRIP It is a discrete signal OUT TRIP Set if the target value exceeds TOTAL SP or 0 Itis a discrete signal IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK gt 5 2 A5 2 Input Process Section When executed the Integrator block first performs input processing in the order of Determining input status Converting Rate or Accum gt Determining the input flow direction Switching between Convert Rate and Convert Accum is made using bit 0 for IN 1 or bit 1 for
41. 12 Block is simulation mode AL 66 Al2 Simulation RS DEVICE Active AL 66 AL 66 EN Change the AI2 Simulation Enable Disable AI2 SIMULATE ENABLE to STATUS 3 bit13 2 67 2 Block is not scheduled AL 67 RS _ AL 67 Remedy Make a schedule of Al2 Block STATUS_ 3 bit12 Block is in O S mode AL 28 in O S Mode 2 Change the AI3 Block Mode Target AI3 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other RS DEVICE_ AL 28 In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE_BLK Actual is set to Auto _5 bi27 mode in Man Mode Block is in Manual mode AL 77 RS DEVICE_ AL 77 Change the AI3 Block Mode Target AI3 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other STATUS_5 bit 23 Block is in simulation mode AL 78 AI3 Simulation RS DEVICE Active AL 78 AL 78 emea Change the AI3 Simulation Enable Disable AI3 SIMULATE ENABLE to STATUS 5 bit22 22 Block is not scheduled AL 79 RS DEVICE_ AL 79 Remedy Make a schedule of AI3 Block STATUS_5 bit21 Block is in O S mode AL 25 O S Mode AL 25 Remedy Change the 011 Block Mode Target DI1 MODE_BLK Target to Auto or other RS DEVICE _ AL 25 mode STATUS_3 bit22 In addition check that Block Mode Actual RB MODE_BLK Actual is set to Auto mode Block is in Manual mode AL 68 in Man Mode RS DEVICE_ AL 68 AL 68 Change the 011 Block
42. 40201 40203 40208 3 STRATEGY 2 40204 40209 4 ALERT KEY 1 40205 pos 5 4 4 function block 40400 40401 40402 40403 6 ERR 2 2 AI2 function block 40410 40411 40412 40413 7 TOTAL SP 4 4 DI1 function block 40600 40601 40602 40603 a leur 5 DI2 function block 40610 40611 40612 40613 9 OUT RANGE T 40800 40801 40802 40803 10 DENY 2 ee 41750 41751 41752 41753 11 STATUS_OPTS 2 TETE I P IT function block 41600 41601 41602 41603 13 2 5 5 14 OUT TRIP 2 2 15 OUT PTRIP 2 2 16 TIME_UNIT1 1 17 UNIT2 1 18 0 CONV 19 PULSE VAL1 20 PULSE VAL2 21 REV_FLOW1 2 22 REV_FLOW2 2 23 2 24 STOTAL 4 25 RTOTAL 4 4 26 SRTOTAL 4 27 ssP 4 28 INTEG_TYPE 1 29 INTEG_OPTS 2 30 PER 4 31 PRE TRIP 4 32 RESET 4 4 INCL 34 GOOD 35 UNCERT 36 INT 1 1 37 OUTAGE 4 38 CONFIRM 2 2 39 UPDATE EVT 40 BLOCK ALM 41 ACCUM TOTAL 4 Total bytes 52 17 68 42 IM 01 06 00 01 lt 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS gt 6 1 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS This chapter describes basic TR Transducer block Al and DI function block parameter setting displays of the integral indicator For detailes of the function blocks read APPENDIX This chapter contains information on how to adapt the function and performance of the
43. 50 PRI 0 Oto 15 Priority order of ALM alarm 51 HI LIM 144NF PV SCALE Setting for ALM alarm 52 PRI 0 01015 Priority order of LO ALM alarm 53 LO LIM 1 NF PV SCALE Setting for LO ALM alarm 54 LO PRI 0 Oto 15 Priority order of LO LO ALM alarm 55 LO LO LIM 1 INF PV_SCALE Setting for LO_LO_ALM alarm 56 DV PRI 0 Oto 15 Priority order of DV HI ALM alarm 57 DV HI LIM 1 Setting for DV HI ALM alarm 58 DV LO PRI 0 Oto 15 Priority order of DV LO ALM alarm 59 DV LO LIM 1 INF Setting for DV_LO_ALM alarm 60 Alarm that is generated when the value has exceeded the HI value and whose priority order is defined in PRI Priority order Only one alarm is generated at time When two or more alarms occur at the same time the alarm having the highest priority order is generated When the PV value has decreased below HI_HI_LIM ALM_HYS HI HI ALM is reset 61 ALM As above 62 Reset when the PV value has increased above LO ALM HYS 63 LO LO ALM As above 64 DV HI ALM Alarm that is generated when the value of PV SP has exceeded the DV_HI_LIM value Other features are the same as HI ALM 65 DV LO ALM Alarm that is generated when the value of PV SP has decreased below the DV LO value Other features are the same as LO_LO_ALM IM 01 06 00 01
44. ACK OPTION Oxffff Unack AUTO Selects whether alarms associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged 22 6022 6122 DISC PRI 0 AUTO Sets the alarm priority level 23 6023 6123 DISC LIM 0 AUTO Indicates the status of the input for the discrete alarm 24 6024 6124 DISC ALM Indicates the status related to the discrete alarm IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS A2 1 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS A2 1 Applications and Selection of Basic Parameters Setting Item applicable parameters Tag numbers PD TAG Set the physical device PD tag and block tags Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can be set for Summary each of these tags Read Section 5 4 Setting of Tags and Addresses Calibration range setup SCALE of Al block Sets the range of input from the transducer block corresponding to the 0 and 100 points in operation within the function block The maximum flow rate range in the registered sizing data is the factory default setting Set four data the unit of the range the input value at the 0 point always 0 for a digitalY EWFLO the input value at the 100 point equal to the flow span and the decimal point position Output scale setup OUT SCALE of Al block Output mode setup L TYPE of Al block Set the scale of output corresponding to the 0 and 100 points in opera
45. AI2 in Man ee Provided Mode AL 65 OFF Uncertain Non Specific l2 Simulation lt ERR lt BLOCK_ERR gt Provided Active AL 66 Simulation Active Simulation Active OFF AI2 Not AL 67 Scheduled jos AL 67 in Man Provided AL 68 lade AL 68 OFF 69 D 1 Simulation BLOCK ERR Provided Active AL 69 Simulation Active OFF DI1 Not AL 70 Scheduled AL 70 012 in Man Provided AL 71 Mode AL 71 OFF AL 72 10 2 Simulation BLOCK ERR Provided Active AL 72 Simulation Active OFF DI2 Not AL 73 Scheduled AL 73 PID in Bypass Provided AL 4 Mode AL 74 OFF PID Error 1 Provided AL 75 OFF PID Error 2 Provided AF76 AL 76 OFF IM 01F06F00 01EN lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 12 LCD Alarm Detail DH Block DI2 Block PID Block IT Block AR Block SW Display default in Man Provided AL 62 Mode AL 62 ON Simulation Provided AL 83 active AL 63 ON Not AL 64 Scheduled on AL 64 Al2 in Man Provided 41 65 OFF Al2 Simulation Provided AL66 rive AL 66 OFF AI2 Not AL 67 Scheduled jen AL 67 lt OUT Status gt Default 68 EH Man 2 AL 68 ode Active Uncertain Non Specific AL 69 D 1 Simulation BLOCK ERR Provided Active AL 69 Simulation Active O
46. Bad Non Specific Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt PV Status gt lt PV Status gt XD ERROR Uncertain Non Uncertain Non Flow Sensor Specific Specific AL 05 Flow Sensor Failure AL 05 Provided Failure AL 05 lt Status gt ON Uncertain lt OUT Status gt lt OUT Status gt Sensor Uncertain Non Uncertain Non Conversion Specific Specific Accurate IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 2 LCD Display Alarm Detail RS Block TR Block Block AI2 Block Block Alarm Reset SW default AL 06 Input Circuit Failure AL 06 BLOCK ERR Other XD ERROR Input Circuit Failure AL 06 lt PV Status gt 1 Uncertain Non Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt PV Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Sensor Conversion not Accurate lt SV Status gt Bad Device Failure lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt OUT Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific
47. C22 2 No 0 C22 2 No 0 4 C22 2 No 0 5 C22 2 No 25 C22 2 No 30 C22 2 No 94 C22 2 No 142 C22 2 No 61010 1 ANSI ISA 12 27 01 Type of Protection explosion proof for Class Groups B C and D Class Il Groups F and Class For Class Division 2 locations FACTORY SEALED CONDUIT SEAL NOT REQUIRED Enclosure Type 4X Temperature Class T6 T1 Integral Type and Remote Type Detector T6 Remote Type Converter Ambient Temperature 50 to 60 Process Temperature T6 85 C T5 100 C T4 135 C T3 200 C T2 300 C 1 450 Enclosure Type 4X Coating of Enclosure Epoxy resin coating or Polyurethane resin coating Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female Process Sealing Certification CF11 Dual Seal Certified by CSA to the requirement of ANSI ISA 12 27 01 No additional sealing required IECEx IECEx Flameproof Approval SF2 Applicable Standard IEC60079 0 IEC60079 1 Type of Protection Ex d IC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type and Remote Type Detector d IIC Gb Remote Type Converter Temperature Class T6 T1 Integral Type and Remote Type Detector T6 Remote Type Converter Process Temperature 40 to 80 5 40 to 100 C 4 40 to 135 C 40 to 200 2 40 to 300 T1 40 to 450 C Use HT version above 250 C Ambient Temperature 30 to 60 With indicator 40 to 60 Without indicator Ambient Humidity 0 to 10096 RH No condensation Elec
48. Class Ill Division 1 Class I Zone 2 Group Class Division 1 Class I Zone 2 Group Temperature Class T4 I ce I C Y z C Temperature Class T4 Terminator DYC Signal Cable DY Vortex Flowmeter DYA Vortex Flow Converter DY N Vortex Flowmeter Ac J _ Ti 6 Vmax or Ui 32 oren SUPPLY 3 52 SuppLy Ci 9 82 nF 4 lo Liz 0 mH ds 40 vi 1 oL 1 Only for multivariable type Terminator Terminator Unclassified Location p Unclassified Location Power Supply 1 Control equipment Power Supply See Note Control equipment See Note Yokogawa Electric Corporation Model DY Series 1 This drawing replaces the former control drawing IFM021 A12 2 No revision to this drawing without prior approval of FM 3 Installation must be in accordance with the National Electric Code NFPA70 ANSI ISA RP12 06 01 and relevant local codes 4 In case Nonincendive Field Wiring Concept is used for the interconnection FM approved Associated Nonincendive Field Wiring Apparatus which meets the following conditions must be used as the power supply control equipment Voc or Uo lt Vmax or Ui or Co lt Ci Ceable or Lo Leable 5 FNICO installation must be in
49. DIRECT INDIRECT Value OUT Value of AI2 scaled based on OUT Value of AI2 scaled based on XD SCALE XD SCALE and OUT SCALE Unit SCALE Units Index of AI2 OUT SCALE Units Index of AI2 but without indication of Format Number to one decimal place Integrator Out Value IT OUT Value Unit IT OUT RANGE Units Index Format IT OUT RANGE Eu 100 Eu 0 Note 3 The unit displayed for the totalized flow rate TOTAL is the value of TERTIARY VALUE UNIT in the transducer block which is determined by the value of SCALE Units Index in the block Note 4 AI3 block does not display because it is the function block for flow calculation in the AR block The following units can be displayed on the LCD m min m h L min L h Nm min Nm h kg min kg h t min and t h IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS A2 5 Setting the DI Function Blocks DI function blocks output limit switch signals received from the transducer block Two DI blocks DI1 and DI2 in each digitalYEWFLO have independent parameters Set up the parameters of each Al block you use individually as necessary The following shows the setting procedure as an example 1 Setting the channel The CHANNEL parameter of the DI block which specifies the switch number of the transducer s limit switch to be input to DI DI1 3 012 4 fora digitalYEWFLO 2 Setting the damping time constant
50. In this case alone it is possible to write a value to the OUT parameter of the block for output Note that no parameter status can be changed 7 2 Generation of Alarm 7 2 1 Indication of Alarm When the self diagnostics function indicates that device is faulty an alarm device alarm is issued from the resource block When an error block error is detected in each function block or an error in the process value process alarm is detected an alarm is issued from each block If an LCD indicator is installed the error number is displayed as AL XX If two or more alarms are issued multiple error numbers are displayed in 2 second intervals when 1 is set to DISPLAY CYCLE F0701 ai Figure 7 1 Error Identification on Indicator The error details corresponding to alarm indications on the LCD indicator and whether or not switches are provided to disable the corresponding alarms are shown in Table 7 1 For the alarms for which an alarm mask switch is provided the default alarm settings are also shown Those alarms for which an alarm mask switch is not provided are enabled at all times For how to modify these mask switch statuses read APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE IM 01 06 00 01 lt 7 IN PROCESS OPERATION 7 2
51. O S and then set GAIN RESET and RATE to appropriate values Check that the value of MODE_BLK actual of the Al block is AUTO Set MODE_BLK target of the AO block to CAS AUTO meaning CAS and AUTO Check that the value of BKCAL_IN status of the PID block is not Bad Check that the value of IN status of the PID block is not Bad Check that AUTO is set in MODE_BLK permitted of the PID block Set MODE_BLK target of the PID block to AUTO When finishing all steps in order the PID block and AO block exchange the respective information and initialize the cascade connection Consequently the value of MODE_BLK actual of the PID block changes to AUTO and automatic PID control starts lt APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK gt A8 10 01 06 00 01 9 1 lt APPENDIX 9 MENU gt APPENDIX 9 DD MENU 1 Resource Block Menus Block Info Block Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Configuration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Confirm Time Write Lock Feature Info Features Feature Selection Cycle Info Cycle Type Cycle Selection Notify Info Max Notif Limit Notify Sheding Shed Remote Cascade Shed Remote Out SoftDL Protection SoftDL Format Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Resource State Fault State Set Fault State Clear Fault State Device Sta
52. Rx Good 2 Channel2 1 0 80 Unused 3 Channel3 1 10 80 Unused 4 Channel4 1 0 80 5 Channel5 1 10 80 6 Channel6 1 10 80 Unused 7 Channel7 1 0 80 Unused 8 Channel8 1 10 80 Unused IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS gt 14 DiImeScheduleDescriptor This parameter exists for the same number as the total number of domains and each describes the LAS schedule downloaded to the corresponding domain For the domain to which a schedule has not yet been downloaded the values in this parameter are all zeros Sub Size e index Element bytes Description 1 2 ndicates the version number of the LAS schedule downloaded to the corresponding domain 2 4 Indicates the macro cycle of the Duration LAS schedule downloaded to the corresponding domain Indicates the time resolution that is required to execute the LAS schedule downloaded to the corresponding domain 3 TimeResolution 2 15 Domain Read write impossible get OD possible Carrying out the GenericDomainDownload command from a host writes an LAS schedule to the domain AT 6 Trouble Shooting Q1 When the LAS stops a digitalYEWFLO does not back it up by becoming the LAS Why Is that digitalYEWFLO running as an LM Check that the value of BootOperatFunctionalClas
53. SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Enclousure Rating Type 4X Temperature Code T6 Ambient Temperature 40 to 60 Ambient Humidity 0 to 100 RH No condensation Coating of Enclosure Epoxy resin coating or Polyurethane resin coating Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female FF1 FM Intrinsically Safe Approval Nonincendive Note1 Applicable Standard Class 3600 Class 3610 Class 3611 Class 3810 NEMA 250 ANSI ISA 60079 0 ANSI ISA 60079 11 ANSI ISA 60079 27 Type of Protection Intrinsically Safe for Class II DIV 1 Groups A B C D E and T4 and Class Zone 0 ia IIB IIC Entity FISCO Nonincendive for Class II Div 2 Groups A B C D and G Class DIV 1 Class Zone 2 Group FNICO Ambient Temperature 40 to 60 Integral Type and Remote Type Converter 40 to 80 Remote Type Detector Ambient Humidity 0 to 10096 RH No condensation Indoors and Outdoors Type 4X Electrical Parameters Intrinsically Safe Entity Vmax 24V Imax 250mA Pi 1 2W Ci 3 52nF Li 0 mH FISCO IIC Vmax 17 5V Imax 380mA Pi 5 32W Ci 3 52nF 0 mH FISCO IIB Vmax 17 5V Imax 460mA Pi 5 32W Ci 3 52nF 0 mH Nonincendive Vmax 32V Ci 3 52nF 0 mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female FS16 IM 01 06 00 01 lt 9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 9 5 ATEX Item Descr
54. ST must be 12 or greater V MID Minimum Inter PDU Delay V MRD Maximum Response Delay 5 3 Function Block Link Definitions Link the input output parameters of function blocks to each other as necessary For a digitalYEWFLO the output parameters of three Al blocks OU Ts those of two DI blocks OUT Ds input output parameters of AR block IT block and optional PID block option LC1 should be linked to parameters of different function blocks Specifically link settings must be written to the link object in the digitalY EWFLO For details read Section 5 6 Block Setting It is also possible to read values from the host at appropriate intervals instead of linking the outputs of digitalYEWFLO s function blocks to other blocks The linked blocks need to be executed synchronously with other blocks and the communication schedule In this case change the schedule of the digitalYEWFLO according to Table 5 3 in which factory settings are shown in parentheses IM 01 06 00 01 lt 5 CONFIGURATION gt 5 3 Table 5 3 Function Block Execution Schedule of the digitalYEWFLO Index Parameters Setting Factory Setting in Parentheses 269 SM MACROCYCLE_ DURATION Repetition period of control or measurement i e macrocycle to be set as a multiple of 1 32 ms 32000 1 second Start time of the block represented as the elapsed time from the start of each macrocycle to
55. Steady state 15mA max Current Draw Software Download state 24 max Current during FlashROM blanking time Max 24 mA additional to steady state current Based on Fieldbus Foundation Specification Download class Class 1 NOTE Class 1 devices can continue the specified measurement and or control actions even while software is being downloaded to them Upon completion of a download however the devices will be reset internally to make the new downloaded software take effect and this will halt fieldbus communication and function block executions for about one minute A11 3 Preparations for Software Downloading For software downloading you need to prepare the following Software download tool Software for downloading file for each of the target field devices For the software download tool use only a program developed for that purpose For details see the software s User s Manual For information about updates of software binary files for field devices and how to obtain them visit the following web site http Awww yokogawa com fld A caution Do not hook up the software download tool to a fieldbus segment while the plant is in operation as it may temporarily disturb the communication Always connect the tool before starting operation IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD Option gt A11 2 NOTE The download tool can not execute downloading during other sy
56. Units Index Decimal Output Scale EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Setpoint Rate Down Setpoint Rate Up Process Value Filter Time Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit Output High Limit Output Low Limit Control Parameters Gain Reset Rate Bypass Balance Time Feed Forward Control Feed Forward Scale EU at 100 EU at 096 Units Index Decimal Feed Forward Gain Tracking Tracking Scale EU at 10096 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Options Control Options Status Options Shed Options Back Calculation Hysteresis Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host APPENDIX 9 DD MENU Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Alert Parameters Block Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Alarm Summary Current Unacknowledged Unreported Disabled Acknowledge Option Alarm Hysteresis High High Alarm Set High High Priority High High Limit High High Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value High Alarm Set High Priority High Limit High Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Low Alarm Set Low Priority Low Limit Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Low Low Alarm Set Low Low Priority Low Low Limit Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Deviation High Alarm Set Deviation High Priority Deviation High Limit Deviation High Alarm Unackno
57. When simulation is disabled the simulate value and status track the actual value and status 1 Disabled 2 Active 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 1 LIST PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO gt A1 4 i Index Relative Parameter Name Factory Write Mode Explanation Index AM AI3 Default 10 4010 4110 4210 XD SCALE Specified the O S The high and low scale values engineering units code time of order and number of digits to the right of the decimal point Note 3 40 to used with the value obtained from the transducer for a 260 C for AI2 specified channel Read Section 6 3 Al Function Block 0 to 10m h for Parameters for the unit available Al3 11 4011 4111 4211 JOUT_SCALE Specified at the 0 5 The high and low scale values engineering units time of order code and number of digits to the right of the decimal Note 3 40 to point to be used in displaying the OUT parameter and 260 C for Al2 parameters which have the same scaling as OUT 0 to 10m h for Read Section 6 3 Al Function Block Parameters for Al3 the unit available 12 4012 4112 4212 GRANT_DENY 0 00 AUTO Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 13 4013 4113 4213 lO OPTS 0 0000 11 O S Options which the user may select to alter input and 0 0000
58. and LIMSW 2 VALUE D turned ON when used as a high limit switch or after LIMSW 2 TARGET went below LIMSW 2 SETPOINT and LIMSW 2 VALUE D turned ON when used as a low limit switch 44 2044 LIMSW 2 UNIT Indicates the unit set LIMSW 2 TARGET 45 2045 ALARM PERFORM 0x1070 AUTO A series of bits each of which works as a switch to enable and disable specific alarm s write zeros to the respective bits in this parameter to disable desired alarms For details read APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE 46 2046 ARITHMETIC 1 Available Indicates whether the arithmetic block is available BLOCK 47 2047 SENSOR STATUS Indicates whether the flow detector has the built in temperature sensor 1 Standard 2 Built in Temp Sensor 48 2048 THERMOMETER 1 Monitor only O S Selects the usage of the thermometer FUNCTION Note 5 function 1 Monitor only 2 Saturated steam 3 Superheat steam 4 GAS STD Normal For details 5 LIQUID Mass read 6 Not use Section 6 2 Transducer 49 2049 FLUID TYPE 1 LIQUID Volume 0 Selects the type of the measured Block Note 5 process fluid Parameters 1 LIQUID Volume 2 GAS STEAM Volume 3 LIQUID Mass 4 GAS STEAM Mass 5 GAS STD Normal 50 2050 TEMPERATURE 1001 Note 5 O S Selects the unit of temperature UNIT 51 2051 PROCESS TEMP 15 Note 5 O S Sets the normal operating temperature of the process Setting range
59. digitalYEWFLO set a value of 4 or greater V MRD V FUN Maximum Reply Delay First Unpolled Node The worst case time elapsed until a reply is recorded The unit is Slot time set the value so that V MRD x V ST is the maximum value of the specification for all devices For digitalYEWFLO the setting must be a value of 12 or greater Indicate the address next to the address range used by the host Set 0x15 or greater V NUN Number of consecutive Unpolled Node Unused address range 0x00 Not used OxOF 0x10 Bridge device gi LM device V FUN Unused V NUN V FUN V NUN BASIC device OxF7 OxF8 Default address OxFB OxFC Portable device address OxFF Note 1 LM device with bus control function Link Master function Note 2 BASIC device without bus control function F0402 ai Figure 4 2 Available Address Range 4 3 Power on of digitalYEWFLO and Bus Turn on the power to the host bus and digitalY EWFLO If any segments do not light or if a current anomaly occurs check the voltage of the power supply for the digitalYEWFLO The device information including PD tag Node address and Device ID is described on the sheet attached to digitalYEWFLO The device information is given in duplicate on this sheet Using the host device display function check that the digitalY EWFLO is in operation on the bus DEVICE INFORMATION Devic
60. good IN gt RANGE LO IN IN RANGE LO Read APPENDIX 6 2 1 Main Inputs IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 6 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK gt A6 4 A6 3 Computation Section A6 3 1 Computing Equations This subsection shows computing equations used in the computation section 1 Flow compensation linear func PV x f f t 1 t 2 2 Flow compensation square root func PV xf f sqrt t 1 t 2 t 3 3 Flow compensation approximate expression func PV x f f sqrt t_1 x t_2 x t_3 x t_3 4 Quantity of heat calculation func PV x f f t 1 t 2 5 Multiplication and division func PV xf f 11 4 2 1 3 6 Average calculation func PV t 1 t 2 t 3 N where N number of inputs 7 Summation func PV t 14t 2 1 3 8 Polynomial computation func PV 1 12 t 23 t 34 9 HTG level compensation func PV t 1 PV t 2 10 Polynomial computation func PV GAIN IN 1 x GAIN IN 2 PV GAIN_IN_3 x Precaution for computation Division by 0 If a value is divided by 0 the calculation result is interpreted as 1037 and depending with core a plus sign is added to it Negative square root The square root of an absolute value is extracted and a minus sign is added to it A6 3 2 Enhanced Computing Equations 32 Saturated steam Temp Saturated steam density calculation by temperature based on IAPWS IF97 func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Saturated St
61. information The results of our examination will determine whether the meter will be repaired free of charge or on an at cost basis The guarantee will not apply in the following cases Damage due to negligence or insufficient maintenance on the part of the customer Problems or damage resulting from handling operation or storage that violates the intended use and specifications Problems that result from using or performing maintenance on the instrument in a location that does not comply with the installation location specified by Yokogawa Problems or damage resulting from repairs or modifications not performed by Yokogawa or someone authorized by Yokogawa Problems or damage resulting from inappropriate reinstallation after delivery Problems or damage resulting from disasters such as fires earthquakes storms floods or lightning strikes and external causes Trademarks digitalYEWFLO DY DYA DYC and BRAIN TERMINAL are registered trademarks of Yokogawa Electric Corporation Company names and product names used in this material are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective owners In this manual trademarks or registered trademarks are not marked with or 01 06 00 01 lt 1 INTRODUCTION gt 1 4 1 3 Documentation This is only applicable to the countries in European Union 2 0 0 0 9 9 O 80 All instruction manuals for ATEX Ex related produ
62. label worded as follows Warning OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE REMOVING COVER INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL IM 01F06A00 01EN Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations B Maintenance and Repair A WARNING The instrument modification or part replacements by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the approval of FM Approvals 10 7 IM 01 06 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT gt 10 8 In Model DY Ser Installation Diagram trinsically Safe and WARNING Date April 18 2014 Control Drawing Intrinsically Safe Installation Integral Type Class 1 Division 1 Groups A C D Class Il Division 1 Groups E F G Class Ill Division 1 Class I Zone 0 Group Temperature Class 4 DY Vortex Flowmeter SUPPLY See table below Vmax Imax or or Pi Ci Li Ui li nF mH v mA Entity 240 250 12 352 0 FISCO 175 380 532 352 0 FISCONB 175 460 532 352 0 Unclassified Location 10 15 12 13 14 15 Model DY Series Doc No IFM021 A20 P 1 This drawing replaces the former control drawing IFM021 A12 No revision to this drawing without prior approval of FM Install
63. off MAN 1 2 Whether to bypass the control computation 1 off Do not bypass 2 on Bypass 18 CAS_IN 0 Cascade setpoint 19 SP RATE DN 1 INF Positive Rate of decrease limit for setpoint SP 20 SP_RATE_UP 1 INF Positive Rate of increase limit for setpoint SP 21 100 PV SCALE 10 Upper limit for setpoint SP 22 SP LO LIM 0 PV SCALE 10 Lower limit for setpoint SP 23 GAIN 1 Proportional gain 7 100 proportional band 24 RESET 10 Integration time seconds 25 BAL TIME 0 Positive Unused 26 RATE 0 Positive Derivative time seconds 27 BKCAL IN 0 Read back of control output 28 OUT LIM 100 OUT SCALE 10 Upper limit for control output OUT 29 OUT_LO LIM 0 OUT_SCALE 10 Lower limit for control output OUT 30 BKCAL HYS 0 5 96 0 to 5096 Hysteresis for release from a limit for OUT status 31 BKCAL OUT 0 Read back value to be sent to the BKCAL_IN in the upper block 32 RCAS IN 0 Remote setpoint set from a computer etc 33 ROUT IN 0 Remote control output value set from a computer etc 34 SHED 0 Action to be performed in the event of mode shedding SHED_OPT defines the changes to be made to MODE BLK target and MODE BLK actual when the value of RCAS_IN status or ROUT_IN status becomes Bad if MODE_BLK actual RCas or ROut Read APPENDIX 8 17 Mode Shedding upon Computer Failure 35 RCAS OUT 0 Remote setpoint sent to a computer etc IM 01 06 00 01 A8 3 l
64. t d 1329 Ib s 1330 Ib min 1331 Ib h 1332 1333 LIQUID Volume GAS STEAM Volume m s 1347 m min 1348 1349 m d 1350 L s 1351 L min 1352 L h 1353 L d 1354 CFS cf s 1356 CFM cf min 1357 CFH cf h 1358 ft3 d cf d 1359 gal s USgal s 1362 GPM USgal min 1363 gal h USgal h 1364 gal d USgal d 1365 ImpGal s UKgal s 1367 ImpGal min UKgal min 1368 ImpGal h UKgal h 1369 ImpGal d UKgal d 1370 bbl s 1371 bbl min 1372 bbl h 1373 bbl d 1374 GAS Std Normal N Normal S Standard SCFM scf min 1360 SCFH scf h 1361 Nm s 1522 Nm min 1523 Nm h 1524 Nm d 1525 Sm s 1527 Sm min 1528 Sm h 1529 Sm d 1530 NL s 1532 NL min 1533 NL h 1534 NL d 1535 SL s 1537 SL min 1538 SL h 1539 SL d 1540 Al2 channel 2 channel 5 Temperature C 1001 F 1002 m s 1347 m min 1348 m h 1349 1350 L s 1351 L min 1352 L h 1353 L d 1354 CFS cf s 1356 CFM cf min 1357 CFH cf h 1358 ft3 d cf d 1359 gal s USgal s 1362 GPM USgal min 1363 gal h USgal h 1364 gal d USgal d 1365 ImpGal s UKgal s 1367 ImpGal min UKgal min 1368 ImpGal h UKgal h 1369 ImpGal d UKgal d 1370 bbl s 1371 bbl min 1372 bbl h 1373 bbl d 1374
65. 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 8 LCD Alarm Detail RS Block TR Block Block AI2 Block AI3 Block Alarm Reset SW Display default PID in O S Provided Mode AL 27 OFF lt BLOCK_ERR gt o s Out of Service Provided Mode AL 28 lt OUT Status gt OFF Bad Out of Service IT in O S Mode Provided AF29 AL 29 OFF AR O S Provided AL 30 AL 30 OFF lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt PV Status gt lt PV Status gt lt XD_ERROR gt Uncertain Non Uncertain Non Flow Velocity Over Specific Flow Rate Over AL 41 Range AL 41 Range AL 41 Not provided 2 OUT Status OUT Status Uncertain Non Uncertain Non Specific Accurate P lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt PV Status gt lt PV Status gt lt XD_ERROR gt Uncertain Non Uncertain Non Flow Span Flow Span Exceed Specific AL 42 Exceed Limit Limit AL 42 Not provided AL 42 OUT Status OUT Status Uncertain Uncertain Non Uncertain Non EngineeringUnit not Specific Specific Violation BLOCK ERR Other p eS PV Status XD ERROR Uncertain Non Eon Temp Over Range Specific pecitic AL 43 Temp Over lt PV Status gt AL 43 Range AL 43 Not provided Uncertain Non 25 OUT Status Specific Uncertain Non Uncer
66. 1 Header Version Number 1 2 Header Size 44 3 Manufacturer ID 0x594543 4 Device Family DEV TYPE of RB 5 Device Type DEV TYPE of RB 6 Device Revision REV of RB 7 DD Revision DD_REV of RB 8 Software Revision SOFT_REV of RB 9 Software Name ORIGINAL 10 Domain Name Device name 440 DOMAIN Read write prohibited Get OD permitted IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD Option EE gt A11 7 A11 9 2 Descriptions for Parameters IMPORTANT Do not turn off the power to a field device immediately after changing parameter settings Data writing actions to the EEPROM are dual redundant to ensure reliability If the power is turned off within 60 seconds after setup the parameters may revert to the previous settings 1 DWNLD PROPERTY Sub Size Index Element Bytes Description 1 Download Class 1 Indicates the download class 1 Class 1 2 Write Rsp Returned For 1 Indicates whether a write response is returned to the ACTIVATE command ACTIVATE 1 Write Response Returned 3 Write Rsp Returned For 1 Indicates whether a write response is returned to the PREPARE command PREPARE 1 Write Response Returned 4 Reserved 1 Reserved 5 ReadyForDwnld Delay Secs 2 Indicates the maximum delay after receipt of the PREPARE FOR DWNLD command to proceed to transition from DWNLD NOT READY to DWNLD READY 6 Activation Delay Secs 2 Indicates the maximum delay after receipt of
67. 2 output block processing bit 6 Low cutoff 0x0000 AI3 14 4014 4114 4214 STATUS OPTS 0 O S Options which the user may select in the block processing of status bit 3 Propagate Failure Forward bit 6 Uncertain if Man mode bit 7 Bad if limited bit 8 Uncertain if Man mode 15 4015 4115 4215 CHANNEL 1 0 5 The number the logical hardware channel that is 2 AI2 connected to this I O block This information defines 5 AI3 the transducer to be used going to or from the physical world AI1 Flow rate AI2 Temperature AI3 Volumetric flow rate 16 4016 4116 4216 1 TYPE Direct 1 MAN Determines if the values passed by the transducer block to the AI block may be used directly Direct 1 or ifthe value is in different units and must be converted linearly Indirect 2 or with square root Ind Sqr Root 3 using the input range defined by the transducer and the associated output range Indirect Square Root is not used for the digitalYEWFLO 17 4017 4117 4217 LOW CUT 0 0 AI1 AUTO Sets low cut point of output This low cut value become 0 0 AI2 available by setting Low cutoff to IO OPTS 0 0 AI3 18 4018 4118 4218 Osec AUTO Time constant of a single exponential filter for the PV Osec 12 in seconds AI3 19 4019 4119 4219 FIELD VAL Raw value of the field device in percent of the PV range with a status reflecting the Transducer condition before signa
68. 25 mm 1 in 20 UPPER DISPLAY MODE Relative Index 70 Selects the data to be displayed on the upper row of the LCD indicator as follows 1 Flow Rate 96 Instantaneous flow rate as a percentage 2 Flow Rate Instantaneous flow rate in the specified unit 3 Temperature 96 Temperature as a percentage can only be selected for a model with the option MV 4 Arithmetic Out Output of AR block 21 LOWER DISPLAY MODE Relative Index 71 Selects the data to be displayed on the upper row of the LCD indicator as follows 1 Blank 2 Total Totalized flow rate 3 Temperature Temperature can only be selected for a model with the MV option 4 Integrator Out Output of IT block 22 DISPLAY CYCLE Relative Index 72 Sets the display refresh cycle of the LCD indicator as a multiple of 500 milliseconds Setting range 1 to 10 500 ms to 5 s Default 1 2 500 ms 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS 6 4 6 3 Al Function Block Parameters Parameters of the three Al function blocks can be read and written from the host 11 Flow rate Al2 Temperature AI3 Volumetric flow rate for the use of mass flow rate calculation at AR function block For each block parameter in digitalYEWFLO read APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalY EWFLO The following describes important parameters and how to set them MODE BLK Indicates the three types of function block modes Out Of Service Manual and Auto
69. 3 4 5 Reading the Parameters U LLULLU 4 3 4 6 Continuous Record of 4 3 4 7 Generation of Alarm u u u 4 4 5 1 Ne Work D8SIQ e n 5 1 5 2 Network DefinitIopn corren 5 1 5 3 Function Block Link Definitions cessent 5 2 5 4 Setting of Tags and Addresses 5 3 5 5 Communication Setting LLULLU IIIa sss 5 4 5 5 1 gu 5 4 5 5 2 Function Block Execution Control sss 5 5 5 6 s Soul uuu u eee nec ee seed cass 5 6 5 6 1 Link 4 426 5 6 5 6 2 5 6 5 6 3 o aee fete tee ire feet 5 7 5 6 4 Function Block Parameters 5 7 9th Edition Nov 2015 KP IM 01 06 00 01 All Rights Reserved Copyright 2003 Yokogawa Electric Corporation 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS 6 1 6 1 Setting and Changing Parameters for the Whole Process 6 1 6 2 Transducer Block Parameters eese 6 2 6 3 Al Function Block 6 4 6 4 Parameters of DI Function Block 6 6 6 5 Integral LCD Indicator
70. A8 4 lt APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK gt A8 4 PID Computation Details For PID control the PID block in a digitalYEWFLO employs the PV proportional and derivative type PID control algorithm referred to as the I PD control algorithm or the PV derivative type PID control algorithm referred to as the PI D control algorithm depending on the mode as described below PV proportional and derivative Type PID PD Control Algorithm versus PV derivative Type PID PI D Control Algorithm The I PD control algorithm which is expressed by the equation below ensures control stability against sudden changes in the setpoint such as when the user enters a new setpoint value The algorithm also ensures excellent controllability by performing proportional integral and derivative control actions in response to changes of characteristics in the controlled process changes in load and occurrences of disturbances When the PID block is in Auto or RCas mode this I PD algorithm is used for control In Cas mode however the PV derivative type PID PI D algorithm takes over since the response to setpoint changes is more important The control algorithm in use thus switches over automatically in line with the mode transitions The following shows the basic computation formulas of these algorithms PV proportional and derivative I PD control algorithm AMVn A APVn
71. AR BASE 3 41 PRESSURE ABS MAN 0 1013 Pressure unit at normal condition abs 42 DEVIATION MAN 1 0 Deviation factor AR DENSITY kg m 2 43 UNIT O S 1097 Density unit AR BASE _ 5 ui 44 DENSITY MAN 1 0 unit at normal condition AR FIRST 4 522 45 0 0 19 temperature coefficient for liquid AR SECOND sd d 46 TEMP COEF MAN 0 0 2 temperature coefficient for liquid AR FLOW al A polynomial coefficient for density calculation 16 47 CONFIG MAN 00 Gas Temp Press Calculation Detail use FLOW_CONFIG 0 to 11 i Liquid calculation Detail use FLOW_CONFIG 0 to 3 Correction value 48 AR_DENSITY_ _ _ Mass flow output density at operating condition FACTOR Volumetric flow output ratio of density at operation condition to density at normal condition AR_DENSITY_ MET a 49 FACTOR UNIT Correction value unit The unit is indicated only for density at operation condition IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 6 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK gt A6 9 Relative Parameter Write Mode Initial Description Remarks Index Value AR CONFIG _ Memo The version of MV tool which is calculated multinominal approximation 50 REV AUTO Space coefficient 51 AR CONFIG_ AUTO Space Memo The date of multinomial approximation coefficient setting 52 ico AUTO Space Memo The person who set the multinominal approxi
72. AUTO 0 Low limit for switching to a low range transmitter by the range extension function 21 5 IN 1 AUTO 0 1 bias 22 GAIN 1 AUTO 0 1 gain 23 2 AUTO 0 IN_2 bias 24 2 AUTO 0 2 gain 25 5 3 AUTO 0 IN_3 bias 26 GAIN_IN 3 AUTO 0 IN 3 gain 27 HI AUTO INF High limit of compensation factor f 28 COMP LO LIM AUTO Low limit of compensation factor f 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 6 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK gt A6 8 Relative Parameter Write Mode Initial Description Remarks Index Value Computation algorithm identification no Value Selection Name Description 1 Flow compensation linear Flow compensation linear 2 Flow compensation square root Flow compensation square root 3 Flow compensation approximate Flow compensation approximate expression 4 BTU flow Quantity of heat calculation 5 Traditional Multiply Divide Multiplication and division 6 Average Average calculation 7 Traditional summer Summation 8 Fourth order Polynomial Type 1 4th order auxiliary input polynomial computation 9 HTG level compensation HTG level compensation 10 Fourth order Polynomial 2 4th order main input polynomial computation 29 TYPE AUTO 0 01 11 to 31 Reserve For reserve of FF Std c
73. Access the PV FTIME parameter and set the damping time constant in units of seconds 3 Simulation Perform simulation of each AI function block by setting the desired value and status of the input to the block Access the SIMULATE D parameter and change the values of its elements as follows REMOTE LOOP TEST SWITCH is written to SIM ENABLE MSG index 1044 parameter of the resource block Change value of the En Disable element of SIMULATE D 1 Disabled 2 Active Access the SIMULATE D Status element and set the desired status code Access the SIMULATE D Value element and set the desired input value FA0212 ai The DI block uses SIMULATE D Status and SIMULATE D Value in the SIMULATE D parameter as its input status and value when simulation is active or uses Transducer Status and Transducer Value in SIMULATE D as its input status and value when simulation is disabled Read Section 7 3 Simulation Function IM 01 06 00 01 1 lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE 1 Standard Type and Multi variable Type with THERMOMETER_FUNCTION in TR block Set to Monitor Only or Not Use 72 Multi variable Type with THERMOMETER FUNCTION Used for Density Calculation Alarm Detail RS Block TR Block Block Al2 Block Block Gea BLOCK ERR lt
74. Adjust Viscosity Value Flow Adjust User Adjust Gas Expansion Fact Maintenance Low Cut Flow Trigger Level Noise Balance Mode Noise Ratio Noise Balance Wizard Signal Level Sensor Error Record Elow Velocity Span Velocity Vortex Frequency Span Frequency Fluid Density Limit Switch 1 Set Limit Switch 1 Value D Status Value Limsw 1 Target Limsw 1 Setpoint Limsw 1 Act Direction Limsw 1 Hysteresis Limsw 1 Unit Limit Switch 2 Set Limit Switch 2 Value D Status Value Limsw 2 Target Limsw 2 Setpoint Limsw 2 Act Direction Limsw 2 Hysteresis Limsw 2 Unit Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Transducer Error Alarm Perform Block Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Alarm Summary Current Unacknowledged Unreported Disabled Update Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev Relative Index Query Device TB Profile Parameters TB Original Parameters part1 TB Original Parameters part2 TB Original Parameters part3 TB Original Parameters part4 TB Service Parameters FA0902 ai A9 2 01 06 00 01 3 Function Block Menus Block Info Block Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Field Value Status Value Process Value Status Value Output Status Value Total Configuration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Channel T
75. Corporation 0009 the device number of digitalYEWFLO If this directory is not found the DD for the digitalYEWFLO has not yet been installed Create this directory and copy the DD files 0mOn ffo and OmOn sym to be supplied separately where m and n are numerals to it If you do not have the DD files for the digitalYEWFLO you can download them from our web site Visit the following web site http www yokogawa com fld Once the DD is installed in the directory the name and attribute of all parameters of the digitalYEWFLO are displayed Off line configuration is possible using the capabilities file 4 GETTING STARTED 4 3 NOTE When using a capabilities file CFF make sure you use the right file for the intended device The digitalYEWFLO is offered in two types in terms of capabilities General type Al function blocks three DI function blocks two AR function block one and IT function block one With the option LC1 A PID function block Using the wrong CFF file may result in an error when downloading the configured data to the device Also use the right DD files that accommodate the revision of the intended device 4 5 Reading the Parameters To read digitalYEWFLO parameters select the block of the digitalYEWFLO from the host screen and read the OUT parameter The current flow rate is displayed Check that MODE BLK of the function block and resource block is set to AUTO 4 6 Continuo
76. Correction of Section 4 1 4 2 to 4 3 Correction of Section 4 3 and 4 4 4 4 Correction of Section 4 7 5 1 to 5 5 Correction of Section 5 1 to 5 5 5 7 to 5 14 Correction of Subection 5 6 3 5 6 4 5 13to 5 14 Addition of Table 5 16 and Table 5 17 6 2 to 6 7 Correction of Section 6 2 to 6 5 7 1 to 7 3 Correction of Section 7 2 and 7 3 8 1 to 8 3 Revision of Chapter 8 9 1 to 9 5 Revision of Chapter 9 10 1 to 10 4 Revision of Section 10 1 10 5 to 10 13 Correction of Section 10 2 to 10 4 10 14 Revision of Section 10 5 A1 1 to A1 11 Correction of Appendix 1 A2 2 to A2 3 Correction of Appendix 2 2 and 2 3 A3 1 to A3 15 Revision of Appendix A5 2 Correction of Appendix 5 2 1 5 4 Correction of Appendix 5 3 1 A5 8 Correction of Appendix 5 6 1 A5 9 Correction of Appendix 5 6 3 A5 10 Correction of Appendix 5 7 1 Correction of Appendix 6 3 Correction of Appendix 6 2 4 4 to A6 5 Correction of Appendix 6 3 1 to 6 3 3 A6 6 Correction of Appendix 6 4 1 and 6 4 2 8 to A6 9 Correction of Appendix 6 5 A6 10 Addition of Appendix 6 7 7 1 Correction of Appendix 7 1 7 3 Correction of Appendix 7 4 AT 4 Correction of Appendix 7 5 1 7 6 Correction of Appendix 7 5 2 7 8 Correction of Appendix 7 6 A8 2 to A8 4 Correction of Appendix 8 3 to 8 5 A8 5 to A8 8 Correction of Appendix 8 9 to 8 17 10 1 toA10 8 Correction of Appendix 10 A11 1t0A11 2 Correction of App
77. DYF AI2 Press In case of using built in temperature sensor output AR OUT Mass Flow Rate DYE AS Mass Flow Rate DYF Al2 gt Mass Flow Rate FA0605 ai IM 01F06F00 01EN lt APPENDIX 6 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK gt A6 10 A6 7 Setting Procedure of the Mass Flow Rate Calculation Mass flow rate calculation Setting start Choice of calculation method Input and output unit parameter settings Unit setting of volume flow input Choose from the following ARITH_TYPE 32 Saturated steam Temperature Saturated steam density calculation Temperature 33 Saturated steam Pressure Saturated steam density calculation Temperature 34 Superheat steam Superheat steam density calculation 35 Gas temperature pressure compensation Gas temperature and pressure correction operation 36 Liquid temperature compensation Liquid temperature correction calculation Set the input of the following the parameters of the output section GAIN 1 0 If you are using a temperature input GAIN IN 1 1 0 If you use a pressure input GAIN IN 2 1 0compensation liquid temperature correction calculation Set to AR VOLUME FLOW UNIT the volume flow input unit Selectable units v Unit range setting of output v Unit setting of pressure or input temperature input v Set of parameters to be used for corre
78. MODE_BLK target to Cas If Cas is not set in MODE_BLK target sets MODE BLK actual to Auto and MODE BLK target to Cas The modes to which a PID block can transfer are limited to those setin MODE BLK permitted and the priority levels of modes are as shown below In fact if Normal shed normal return is set for SHED_OPT detection of a computer failure causes MODE BLK actual to change to CAS AUTO or MAN whichever is setin MODE BLK permitted and has the lowest priority level MAN AUTO CAS RCAS ROUT Higher priority level Lower priority level FA0807 ai Only if Auto is included in MODE_BLK permitted If the block upstream of the PID block in question is a control block mode transitions of the PID block to CAS occur in the following sequence due to initialization of the cascade connection RCAS ROUT AUTO CAS A8 18 Alarms There are two kinds of alarms generated by a PID block block and process alarms A8 18 1 Block Alarm BLOCK ALM The block alarm BLOCK ALM is generated upon occurrence of either of the following errors values setin BLOCK ERR and notifies the content of BLOCK ERR Value of BLOCK_ERR Condition Input Failure IN status of the PID block is either of the following Bad Device Failure Bad Sensor Failure Out of Service MODE_BLK target of the PID block is O S A8 18 2 Process Alarms There are six types of process alarm
79. Mode Target DI1 MODE_BLK Target to Auto or other STATUS 3 bit10 Block is simulation mode AL 69 Simulation RS DEVICE_ Active AL 69 AL 69 Change the 011 Simulation Enable Disable DI1 SIMULATE_ENABLE to STATUS 3 bit9 Not Scheduled AL 70 Block is not scheduled AL 70 RS DEVICE Remedy Make a schedule DI1 Block STATUS 3 bit8 IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 12 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM PRM Plant Resource gt A12 4 Alarm item Alarm No Description Parameter DI2 Block is in O S mode AL 26 DI2 in O S Mode Remedy Change the DI2 Block Mode Target DI2 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other RS DEVICE AL 26 ee modo STATUS 3 521 In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode DI2 Block is in Manual mode AL 71 DI2 in Man Mode RS DEVICE_ AL 71 AL 71 Change the 012 Mode Target DI2 MODE_BLK Target to Auto or other STATUS 3 bit6 DI2 Block is in simulation mode AL 72 012 Simulation RS DEVICE_ Active AL 72 AL 72 Change the 012 Simulation Enable Disable DI2 SIMULATE_ENABLE to STATUS 3 bit5 DI2 Not DI2 Block is not scheduled AL 73 RS DEVICE Scheduled AL 73 Remedy Make a schedule of DI2 Block STATUS_3 bit4 AL 73 E Software or hardware simulation switch is
80. Specifications IMPORTANT In case of the remote type select the same specification code for both detector and converter For options other than below read GS 01F06A00 01EN Note1 For intrinsically safe approval use the barrier certified by the testing laboratories BARD 400 is not applicable Note2 In case of FF1 KF2 KS28 KN26 CF1 CF11 SF2 or SS28 the screw length of Electrical Connection is deeper than ANSI standard for 0 5 to 2 threads Note3 Process temperature and ambient temperature on this section are the specifications for explosion protected type Read GS 01F06A00 01EN Standard Specifications for the specifications of this product Item Multi variable Type Description Provides a temperature sensor Pt 1000 built in the vortex shedder bar enabling the AI2 function block to output the process fluid temperature and mass flow rates to be calculated For details read GS 01F06A00 01EN Code MV PID Function Provides a PID control function block LC1 Software download function Based on FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification FF 883 Download class Class 1 EE Factory Mutual FM FM explosion proof Approval Applicable Standard Class 3600 Class 3611 Class 3615 Class 3810 Including Supplement 1 NEMA 250 Type of Protection Explosionproof for Class Division 1 Groups A B C and D Dust ignitionproof Class Division 1 Groups F and
81. Tov xpevaleote oXETUKG pe TOTLKY YAWTTR TAPAKAAOVILE ETLKOWOV OTE Yokogawa aVTLTPOTWTO TNs 0o 0 00 0 0 o0 9 0 V etky n vody na obsluhu pre pr stroje s Ex s k dispoz cii v jazyku anglickom nemeckom a franc zskom V pr pade potreby n vodu pre Ex pr stroje vo Va om n rodnom jazyku skontaktujte pros m miestnu kancel riu firmy Yokogawa V echny u ivatelsk p ru ky pro v robky na n se vztahuje nev bu n schv len ATEX Ex jsou dostupn v angli tin n m in a francouz tin Po adujete li pokyny t kaj c se v robk s nev bu n m schv len m ve va em lok ln m jazyku kontaktujte pros m va i nejbli reprezenta n kancel Yokogawa Visos gamini ATEX Ex kategorijos Eksploatavimo instrukcijos teikiami angle vokie ig ir pranc z kalbomis Nor dami gauti prietais Ex dokumentacij kitomis kalbomis susisiekite su artimiausiu bendrov s Yokogawa biuru arba atstovu Visas ATEX Ex kategorijas izstradajumu Lieto anas instrukcijas tiek pieg d tas angiu un fran u valod s Ja v laties sa emt Ex ieri u dokument ciju valoda Jums jasazinas firmas Jokogava Yokogawa tuv ko ofisu vai p rst vi K ik ATEX Ex toodete kasutamisjuhendid on esitatud inglise saksa ja prantsuse keeles Ex seadmete muukeelse dokumentatsiooni saamiseks p
82. UNCERT_LIM and GOOD_LIM e PCT INCL2GOOD LIM Good e UNCERT lt INCL GOOD Uncertain e PCT INCL UNCERT LIM Bad TYPE is 5 6 or 7 the status of the trip output becomes Good NS Constant IM 01 06 00 01 A5 5 2 Determining the Output Value The value of OUT Value is determined as follows e For counting up OUT integration start value 0 Total e For counting down OUT integration start value TOTAL_SP Total Total Total of integrated values This value is retained even if INTEG_TYPE is changed during integration in AUTO For counting up APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK A5 7 If OUT is rewritten in the MAN mode integration starts with the value rewritten in MAN mode after the mode was returned to AUTO The values in OUT_TRIP and OUT_PTRIP are determined according to the correlation between OUT and TOTAL_SP PRE_TRIP PRE_TRIP 31 OUT_TRIP 14 0 OUT_PTRIP 15 0 0 Counting up starting from 0 gt For counting down OUT_TRIP 14 0 OUT_TRIP 14 1 OUT_PTRIP 15 1 JOUT_PTRIP 15 1 TOTAL_SP 7 OUT_TRIP 14 1 OUT_TRIP 14 0 OUT_PTRIP 15 1 OUT_PTRIP 15 1 PRE_TRIP 31 Counting down starting from TOTAL_SP For counting up the OUT value is as follows e OUT TOTAL SP PRE TRIP OUT TRIP 0 COUT PTRIP 0 e TOTAL SP PRE TRIP lt OUT lt TOTAL SP OUT TRIP 0 COUT PTRIP
83. Unit Volumetric Flow Status Value Volumetric Flow Unit Configuration Calibration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Setup Wizard General Model Sensor Info Sensor Type Sensor Status Sensor Serial Number Sensor Range EUat100 EUato Units Index Decimal Linearization Type Primary Value Type Primary Value Range EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Transducer Calibration Info Sensor Calibration Method Calibration Highest Point Calibration Lowest Point Calibration Minimum Span Calibration Unit Sensor Calibration Location Sensor Calibration Date Sensor Calibration Who Fluid Condition Fluid Type Sensor Status Fluid Thermometer Function Temperature Set Temparature Unit Process Temparature Base Temparature Density Set Density Unit Process Density Base Density Pressure Set Pressure Unit Process Pressure Base Pressure Other Condition set Primary Value Filter Time Deviation First Temperature Coef Second Temperature Coef Secondary Value Filter Time Cable Length Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host APPENDIX 9 DD MENU Characterize Meter Size Select Body Type Vortex Sensor Type K Factor Unit K Factor Value Display Set Upper Display Mode Lower Display Mode Display Cycle Adjust Reynolds
84. V DC Yokogawa Electric Corporation N POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD TORYO 180 6700 READ IM O1F06A01 01 YOKO Maden 2 Remote type detector Intrinsically safe Ex ia sisiesrvevvELO EE VORTEX FLOWMETER MPa at 38 C o3a4 16 Yokogawa Electric Corporation 1136 X LE Elect apon POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD PROCESS TEMP Ex ia IIC T6 T1 Ga lt lt 80 C YOKOGAWA READ IM 01 06 01 01 Made in GAWA xaO Remote type converter Intrinsically safe Ex ia digite YEWFLO VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER C os44 1 G 9 to 17 5 24 V DC KEMA O3ATEX1136 X fisco 2 Yokogawa Electric Corporation A POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN READ IM 1 1 01 E Entity 24 V I 250 mA Pi 1 2 W 3 52 nF Li 0 mH YOKOGAWA Integral type Intrinsically safe ic O TAG NO VORTEX FLOWMETER MPa at 38 C STYLE 3163 3G Ex ic IC T4 TI Ge ENCLOSURE IP68 IP67 40 C lt Ta lt Ui 32V Ci 352nF Li OmH FISCO field device 9 32V DC NOTE USE VERSION ABOVE 2500 Yokogawa Electric Corporation A POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN READ IM OTF6A01 01 YO
85. VALUE Indicates the value of limit switch 1 which switches ON _D and OFF depending on the digital value of the target input parameter selected in LIMSW_1_TARGET and based on the threshold set in LIMSW_1_SETPOINT with the hysteresis set in LIMSW_1_HYSTERESIS The direction of the switching action is determined by the setting in LIMSW_1_ACT_DIRECTION 34 2034 LIMSW_1_TARGET 1 PRIMARY _ O S The target of limit switch 1 VALUE 1 PRIMARY VALUE 2 SECONDARY VALUE 35 2035 LIMSW 1 0 O S Sets the threshold of limit switch 1 If the value of SETPOINT LIMSW 1 ACT DIRECTION is HIGH LIMIT limit Switch 1 turns ON when LIMSW 1 TARGET has gone beyond LIMSW 1 SETPOINT If the value of LIMSW 1 ACT DIRECTION is LO LIMIT limit switch 1 turns ON when LIMSW 1 TARGET has gone below LIMSW 1 SETPOINT The unit set in LIMSW 1 UNIT applies 36 2036 LIMSW 1 ACT 1 HI LIMIT O S Selects the direction of the limit switch 1 s actions DIRECTION 1 HI LIMIT high limit switch 2 LO LIMIT low limit switch 37 2037 LIMSW 1 _ 0 O S Sets the hysteresis of limit switch 1 to be applied HYSTERESIS for resetting the LIMSW 1 VALUE D to OFF after LIMSW 1 TARGET went beyond LIMSW 1 SETPOINT and LIMSW 1 VALUE D turned ON when used as a high limit switch or after LIMSW 1 TARGET went below LIMSW 1 SETPOINT and LIMSW 1 VALUE D turned ON when used as a low limit switch 38 2038 LIMSW 1 UNIT Indicates the unit set in LIMSW 1 TARGET 39 2039 LIMSW
86. device does not lie within either 0x00 to 0x10 or the range of unused unpolled node addresses determined by the digitalYEWFLO s LM parameter settings which is 0x00 to 0x10 or V FUN to V FUN V NUM Read Section 5 2 Network Definition The LCD keeps showing It is presumed that an LAS does not exist on the bus or the digitalYEWFLO cannot establish communication with the LAS What should be done Check that an LAS is connected on the bus When using the digitalYEWFLO as the LAS which requires an option perform steps 1 to 3 in APPENDIX 7 3 Transfer of LAS IM 01 06 00 01 4 2 A4 3 lt APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS gt Make the parameters in the current LAS match the capabilities parameter in the digitalYEWFLO as follows Read Section 5 2 Network Definition LAS digitalYEWFLO V ST gt V ST 24 V MID gt V MID 2 4 V MRD gt WMRD 2 12 Check that the digitalYEWFLO is assigned an appropriate address The address of the digitalYEWFLO must not lie within either OxOO to 0x10 or the range of unused unpolled node addresses determined by the current LAS s LM parameter settings which is V FUN to V FUN V NUM Read Section 5 2 Network Definition AT 9 IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK gt A8 1 APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK APID block performs the PID control computation based on the deviation of the measured value PV from the
87. device type is 0009 for the digitalYEWFLO The software name is ORIGINAL or UPDATE The former indicates an original file and the latter an update file Whenever performing a download to update the device revision obtain the original file In general an addition to the parameters or blocks requires a device revision update A11 6 Steps after Activating a Field Device When the communication with a field device has recovered after activating the device check using the download tool that the software revision of the field device has been updated accordingly The value of SOFT_REV of the resource block indicates the software revision The PD tag node address and transducer block calibration parameters that are retained in the nonvolatile memory inside the target device will remain unchanged after a software download However after a software update which causes an addition to the block parameters or blocks or to the system network management VFD parameters some parameters may be reset to the defaults thus requiring parameter setup and engineering again For details read Table A11 1 Also note that a change in the number of parameters or blocks requires the DD and capabilities files corresponding to the new software revision Table A11 1 Actions after Software Update Contents of Software Update Action Does not change the number of parameters Adds a block parameter Re setup of parameters not needed
88. devices excluding such passive devices as terminators The PD tags are the same as conventional tag numbers assigned to devices Up to 32 alphanumeric characters may be used for definition of the PD tag for each device Use hyphens as delimiters as required IM 01 06 00 01 lt 5 CONFIGURATION gt 5 2 The node addresses are used to locate devices for communication purposes Since a PD tag is too long a data value the host substitutes the node addressed for PD tags in communication Node addresses can be set to numbers in a range of decimal 20 to 247 hexadecimal 14 to F7 Assign devices having link master functionality LM devices from the smallest address number 0x14 in order and other devices basic devices from the largest OxF7 Assign an address in the range for basic devices to a digitalYEWFLO Only when using digitalYEWFLO with LM function as an LM device assign an address in the range for LM devices to it These address ranges are determined by the following parameters Table 5 1 Parameters for Setting Address Range Symbol Parameters Description to the address range used for the host or other LM device V FUN First Unpolled Node Indicates the address next V NUN Number of consecutive Unpolled Node Unused address range Any devices within an address range written as Unused in Figure 5 1 cannot join the fieldbus Other address ranges are per
89. digitalYEWFLO to suit specific applications Because two or more devices are connected to FOUNDATION Fieldbus settings including the requirements of all devices need to be determined Practically the following steps must be taken The following section describes each step of the procedure in the order given Using a dedicated configuration tool allows the procedure to be significantly simplified This section describes the procedure which has relatively simple functions 6 1 Setting and Changing Parameters for the Whole Process IMPORTANT Do not turn off the power immediately after setting When the parameters are saved to the EEPROM the redundant processing is executed for an improvement of reliability If the power is turned off within 60 seconds after setting is made the modified parameters are not saved and the setting may return to the original values Block mode Many parameters require a change of the block mode of the function block to O S Out of Service when their data is changed To change the block mode of the function block its MODE BLK needs to be changed The MODE BLK is comprised of four sub parameters below 1 Target Target mode Sets the operating condition of the block 2 Actual Actual mode Indicates the current operating condition 3 Permit Permitted mode Indicates the operating condition that the block is allowed to take 4 Normal Normal mode Indicates the operating condition t
90. function block that takes a trend 2 Parameter Relative Sets the index of parameters Index taking a trend by a value relative to the beginning of the function block In the digitalYEWFLO the following three types of trends are possible 7 PV 8 OUT 19 FIELD VAL Specifies how trends are taken Choose one of the following 2 types 1 Sampled upon execution of a function block 2 The average value is sampled Specifies sampling intervals in units of 1 32 ms Set the integer multiple of the function block execution cycle The last sampling time Status part of a sampled parameter Data part of a sampled parameter 3 Sample Type 4 Sample Interval 5 Last Update 6 10 21 List of Status 21 to 37 List of Samples Ten trend objects are not factory set Table 5 9 Trend Objects Index Parameter Factory Setting 32000 to TREND FLT 1to Not set 32007 TREND FLT 8 32008 TREND DIS 1 32009 TREND DIS 2 Not set these parameters are used with a DI block or optional PID block IM 01 06 00 01 lt 5 CONFIGURATION gt System Management Information Base SMIB Network Management Information Base NMIB NEC Xr pr 5 Fieldbus Cable u digital YEWFLO F0505 ai Figure 5 5 Example of Default Configuration 5 6 3 View Objects View objects are used to group parameters This reduces the load of data transactions Each digi
91. not apply excessive weight for example a person stepping on the vortex flowmeter All procedures relating to installation must comply with the electrical code of the country where it is used 2 Wiring WARNING The wiring of the vortex flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled personnel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to wiring When connecting the wiring check that the supply voltage is within the range of the voltage specified for this instrument before connecting the power cable In addition check that no voltage is applied to the power cable before connecting the wiring 1 INTRODUCTION gt 1 3 Operation A WARNING Do not open the cover in wet weather humid environment When the cover is open stated enclosure protection is not applicable When opening the cover wait for more than 3 minutes after turning off the power 4 Maintenance WARNING Maintenance of the vortex flowmeter should be performed by the trained personnel having knowledge of safety standard No operator shall be permitted to perform any operations relating to maintenance Do not open the cover in wet weather humid environment When the cover is open stated enclosure protection is not applicable When opening the cover wait for more than 3 minutes after turning off the power Always conform to maintenance procedures outlined in this manual If neces
92. of the domain header currently running 7 Domain Name 8 Indicates the domain name With this product Domain Name indicates the field device name 3 DOMAIN HEADER Sub Size Index Element Bytes Description 1 Header Version Number 2 Indicates the version number of the header 2 Header Size 2 Indicates the header size 3 Manufacturer ID 6 Indicates the value of resource block s MANUFAC_ID manufacturer ID as character string data 4 Device Family 4 Indicates the device family With this product Device Family indicates the value of resource block s DEV_TYPE as character string data 5 Device Type 4 Indicates the value of resource block s DEV_TYPE as character string data 6 Device Revision 1 Indicates the value of resource block s DEV_REV T DD Revision 1 Indicates the value of resource DD REV 8 Software Revision 8 Indicates the value of resource blocks 5 REV 9 Software Name 8 Indicates the attribute of the binary file With this product Software Name indicates either of the following ORIGINAL followed by one space Original file UPDATE followed by two spaces Update file 10 Domain Name 8 Indicates the domain name With this product Domain Name indicates the field device name IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 12 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM PRM Plant Resource Manager A12 1 APPENDIX 12 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM PRM Plant Resource Manager With DeviceView
93. other than backup after activation 32797 Checksum error in module 2 32798 Not in DWNLD_READY state when receiving GenericDomainlnitiate 32799 Not in DWNLD OK state when receiving GenericDomainTerminate 32800 Not in DOWNLOADING state when receiving GenericDomainSegment 32801 Firmware error 36863 Unused IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD Option gt A11 6 A11 9 System Network Management VFD Parameters Relating to Software Download A11 9 1 Parameter List Table 11 5 System Network Management VFD Parameters Write Mode R W read write R read only on Parameter Name 2 Sub parameter et Remarks 400 DWNLD PROPERTY 0 R 1 Download Class 1 2 Write Rsp Returned For 1 ACTIVATE 3 Write Rsp Returned For 1 PREPARE 4 Reserved 0 5 ReadyForDwnld Delay Secs 300 6 Activation Delay Secs 60 410 DOMAIN DESCRIPTOR 0 RAW Read write permitted only for sub index 1 1 Command 3 2 State 1 3 Error Code 0 4 Download Domain Index 440 5 Download Domain Header 420 Index 6 Activated Domain Header 430 Index 7 Domain Name Device name 420 DOMAIN HEADER 1 0 1 Header Version Number 0 2 Header Size 0 3 Manufacturer ID 4 Device Family 5 Device Type 6 Device Revision 0 7 DD Revision 0 8 Software Revision 9 Software Name 10 Domain 430 DOMAIN HEADER 2 0
94. p Auto C Flow Adjust Method N Display the start message automaticall Mode ly judgement Actual Set the following parameter FLOW ADJUST ACTIVE v Set the following parameters FLOW ADJ DATA 5 elements 1 you want to set the following parameters NOT LOW 4 EXIT FLOW ADJ DATA FLOW ADJ FREQ v Set the following parameter FLOW ADJ FREQ 5 elements 1 Display the end message C END 71 Skip mode including FA1005 ai IM 01 06 00 01 Man OOS 1 Density Factor Setup Wizard A10 2 Enhanced AR Block DENSITY FACTOR SETUP WIZARD Display the start message Not automaticall Mode Man OOS et the followi judgement Actual ng parameters 1 Flow compensation linear 2 Flow compensation square root 3 Flow compensation approximatd 4 BTU flow 5 Traditional Multiply Divide 6 Average 7 Traditional Summer 8 Fourth Order Polynomial 9 Simple HTG compensated level 10 Fourth Order Polynomial Type 2 There is no density factor parameters in this ARITH_TYPE 32 Saturated steam Temperature 33 Saturated steam Pressure 34 Superheat steam 35 Gas temperature pressure compensation 36 Liquid temperature compensation 37 Gas te
95. scheduled AL 67 The AI2 block is not scheduled 0x00000400 DI1 MAN mode AL 68 The block is in manual mode 0x00000200 DI1 in simulate active AL 69 Simulation is enabled in the DI1 block 0x00000100 DI1 not scheduled AL 70 The block is not scheduled 0x00000040 DI2 in MAN mode AL 71 The DI2 block is in manual mode 0x00000020 DI2 in simulate active AL 72 Simulation is enabled in the DI2 block 0x00000010 012 not scheduled AL 73 The DI2 block is not scheduled 0x00000004 PID in BYPASS mode AL 74 The PID block is in BYPASS mode 0x00000002 error 1 AL 75 PID block error 1 0x00000001 error 2 AL 76 PID block error 2 Table 8 4 Contents of DEVICE STATUS 4 Index 1048 Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0x00000100 Indicator over range AL 61 Indicator overrange 0x00000080 Flow velocity over range AL 41 Flow velocity overrange 0x00000040 Flow rate span exceed limit AL 42 The flow rate span setting exceeds the range limit 0x00000020 Temp over range AL 43 Temperature overrange 0x00000008 vibration AL 51 Transient excessive vibration transient disturbance 0x00000004 vibration AL 52 Excessive vibration 0x00000002 Clogging AL 53 Flow anomaly clogging 0x00000001 Fluctuating AL 54 Flow anomaly excessive output fluctuations IM 01 06 00 01 lt 8 DEVICE STATUS gt
96. selected in size of 25 mm 1 in PRIMARY VALUE RANGE Units Index applies 70 2070 UPPER DISPLAY 1 AUTO Selects the data to be displayed on the upper row of the MODE LCD indicator 1 Flow Rate 95 Instantaneous flow rate as a percentage 2 Flow Rate Instantaneous flow rate in the specified unit 3 Temperature 96 Temperature as a percentage can only be selected for a mode with the MV option 4 Arithmetic Out 71 2071 LOWER DISPLAY 1 AUTO Selects the data to be displayed on the upper row of the MODE LCD indicator as follows 1 Blank 2 Total Totalized flow rate 3 Temperature Temperature can only be selected for a mode with the MV option 4 Integrator Out 72 2072 DISPLAY CYCLE 1 500 ms O S Sets the display refresh cycle of the LCD indicator as a AUTO multiple of 500 milliseconds Setting range 1 to 10 0 5 to 5 seconds 73 2073 USER ADJUST 1 O S User set adjustment factor The measured flow rate multiplied by this factor is output Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 74 2074 REYNOLDS 1 Not Active O S Selects whether to activate Reynolds number correction 1 ADJUST Not Active 2 Active 75 2075 VISCOSITY VALUE 1 Note 5 O S Sets the viscosity coefficient of the process fluid When REYNOLDS ADJUST is set to Active this parameter needs to be set since it is used in the Reynolds number calculation Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 mPa Pas 76 2076 GAS EXPANSION 1 NotActive O S Selects whether to act
97. setpoint SV and is generally used for constant setpoint and cascaded setpoint control A8 1 Function Diagram The figure below depicts the function diagram of a PID block BKCAL OUT RCAS OUT BKCAL IN ROUT IN CAS IN RCAS IN Setpoint Feed forward PID Control PV Computation IN Input Filter ROUT_OUT OUT Mode Control Data Status Management Alarm Processing Output Tracking TRK_IN_D TRK_VAL FA0801 ai A8 2 Functions of PID Block The table below shows the functions provided in a PID block Function PID control computation Control output Description Computes the control output in accordance with the PID control algorithm Converts the change in control output AMV to the manipulated value MV that is to be actually output Switching of direction of control action Switches over the direction of control action between direct and reverse i e the direction of changes in the control output depending on the changes in the deviation Control action bypass When the bypass is on the value of the SP is scaled to the range of the OUT and output as the OUT Feed forward Adds the value of the FF_VAL input to the PID block to the output from the PID computation Measured value tracking Equalizes the setpoint SP to the measured value PV Setpoint limiters Limit the value of setpoint SP within the preset upper and lower levels as well as
98. the values of V FUN and V NUN so that they include the node addresses of all nodes within the same segment Read Figure A7 3 ConfiguredLinkSettingsRecord digitalYEWFLO Index 369 SM Subindex Element 4 FirstUnpolledNodeld Default Value 0x25 Description V FUN 7 NumConsecUnpolledNodeld OxBA V NUN 7 4 LM Functions No Function Description 1 LMinitialization When a fieldbus segment starts the LM with the smallest V ST x V TN value within the segment becomes the LAS At all times each LM is checking whether or not a carrier is on the segment 2 Startup of Transmits a PN Probe Node other nodes message and Node Activation PN and Node SPDU message to devices which Activation SPDU return a new PR Probe Response transmissions message 3 PT transmission Passes a PT Pass Token message including final bit devices included in the live list monitoring sequentially and monitors the RT Return Token and final bit returned in reply to the PT 4 CD transmission Transmits a CD Compel Data message at the scheduled times 5 Time Supports periodic TD Time synchronization Distribution transmissions and transmissions of a reply to Compel Time 6 Domain download Sets the schedule data The server schedule data can be equalized only when the Domain Download command is carried out from outside the LM in ques
99. this element Yes Set the following parameters AR_FLOW_CONFIG_ELEMENT FA1008 ai IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 10 METHOD gt A10 8 3 Configuration Memo 2 Method Configuration Memo2 method Display the following parameters AR CONFIG VSTRING16 1 AR CONFIG VSTRING16 2 No Yes Do you want to change the settings Display the following parameters AR CONFIG VSTRING16 1 Do you want to change the settings Yes Set the following parameters AR CONFIG VSTRING16 1 gt v Display the following parameters CONFIG VSTRING16 2 Do you want to change the settings Yes Set the following parameters v AR CONFIG VSTRING16 2 Display the end message Y END 2 FA1009 ai IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD Option EE gt 11 1 APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD Option EE A11 1 Benefits of Software Download This function enables you to download software to field devices via a FOUNDATION Fieldbus to update their software Typical uses are to add new features such as function blocks to existing devices and to optimize existing field devices for your plant FA1101 ai Figure A11 1 Concept of Software Downloading A11 2 Specifications Current Draw
100. to 60 Integral Type 50 to 80 78 C Remote Type Detector 40 to 80 Remote Type Converter Option LT below 29 C for Option MV at T6 Connect sensor circuit of DYA and DY N HT Electrical Data Entity Ui 24 li 250 mA Pi 1 2 Ci 3 52 nF Li 0 mH FISCO IIC Ui 17 5 V li 2 500 mA Pi 5 5 W Ci 3 52 nF Li 0 mH Type of Protection Temperature Class Ex d IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type and Remote Integral Type Type Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature Ex d T6 Gb Remote Type Convertor 14 5 135 Specification of Protection 5 D Temperature Class Integral Type and Remote Ti Type Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature Remote Type Detector T6 40 C to 80 C Temperature Class Process Temperature T5 40 C to 100 C 6 lt 84 78 C T4 40 C to 135 C 5 lt 100 T3 40 C to 200 T4 lt 135 T2 40 C to 300 T3 lt 199 C T1 40 C to 450 C T2 lt 299 288 C 1 Note Use HT version above 250 T1 lt 449 H438 C T6 Remote Type Convertor Ambient Temperature 30 to 60 With indicator 40 to 60 Without indicator Use HT option above 250 C use LT option below 29 C for MV option Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 X 1 5 female Special conditions for safe use For process temperat
101. to be used for calculations 2 1 The range extension function determines the PV value in the following order 1 IfIN2RANGE_HI PV IN 2 If IN lt LO gt PVzIN LO 3 IFRANGE HI gt IN gt RANGE LO PV g x 1 9 x IN LO 9 IN RANGE LO RANGE HI RANGE LO RANGE and RANGE LO are threshold values for switching two main inputs seamlessly Main Inputs PV IN LO PV g 3 IN 1 9 3IN LO I Formula based on I 1 and 2 27 2 Range for IN RANGE_LO RANGE_HI IN FA0602 ai Figure A6 2 Range Extension Function and PV PV is a parameter with status information and PV status is determined by the value of g If g lt 0 5 The status IN LO is used If g gt 0 5 The status of IN is used Determination of the status is made with a hysteresis of 1096 provided for 0 5 If RANGE LO RANGE HI the statuses of PV and OUT are Bad Configuration Error Then Configuration Error is outputto BLOCK ERR If there is only one main input the input is incorporated into the computation section as is not taking into account RANGE HI and RANGE LO Example Assuming that RANGE LO 20 RANGE 300 the following are established IN 310 IN LO 20 PV 310 IN 230 IN LO 20 g 230 20 300 20 0 75 PV 0 75 x 230 1 0 75 x 20 177 5 90 IN 10 20 g 90 20 300 20 0 25 PV 0 25
102. type of process fluid to be measured 1 LIQUID Volume 2 Gas Steam Volume 3 LIQUID Mass 4 Gas Steam Mass 5 Gas Std Normal Default 1 LIQUID Volume 5 TEMPERATURE_UNIT Relative Index 50 Selects the unit of temperature Setting range 1001 1002 F Default 1001 C 6 PROCESS_TEMP Relative Index 51 Sets the normal operating temperature Setting range 999 9 to 999 9 Unit As selected in TEMP_UNIT Default 15 0 7 BASE_TEMP Relative Index 52 Sets the temperature under the standard conditions Setting range 999 9 to 999 9 Unit As selected in TEMP_UNIT Default 15 0 lt 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS gt 8 DENSITY_UNIT Relative Index 53 Selects the unit of density Setting range 1097 kg m Default 1097 kg m 9 PROCESS_DENSITY Relative Index 54 Selects the density under the normal operating conditions Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 Unit As selected in DENSITY_UNIT Default 1024 0 10 BASE_DENSITY Relative Index 55 Sets the density under the standard conditions Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 Unit As selected in DENSITY_UNIT Default 1024 0 11 PRESSURE_UNIT Relative Index 56 Selects the unit of pressure Setting range 1545 MPaa or 1547 kPaa Default 1545 MPaa 12 PROCESS_PRESSURE Relative Index 57 Sets the absolute pressure under the normal operating conditions Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 Unit As selected in PRESSURE_
103. value for Density computing by temperature Liquid Temperature temperature compensation factor using equation API JIS K 2249 For Natural gas accuracy condition is Pressure condition 2 0 Pressure range 0 12 For natural gas 8 is Flow velocity Pressure signal 0 2 applied for temperature pressure General gas Temperature condition compensation computin 35m s or less Temperature p puting including 2 5 and Pressure Temperature range 10 to 65 For general gas and liquid DIPPR Natural gas Flow velocity l database is applied AIChE American 35m s 80m s General gas is computed using physical Institute of Chemical Engineers for properties supported by DIPPR database Mass flow computing AIChE American Institute of Chemical Engineers Density calculation parameters are Computed using physical properties downloaded by FSA120 FieldMate Liquid Not fixed Temperature Supported DIPPR database FlowNavigator Note 3 q p AIChE American Institute of Chemical Engineers Note 1 Mass Flow Accuracy for Steam and Natural gas is computed adding by Temperature and Pressure compensation based on Volumetric Flow Accuracy Note 2 Read GS 01F06A00 01EN about mass and volumetric flow accuracy of Al1 output and temperature accuracy of AI2 output Note 3 Read GS 01C25R51 01EN Electrical Specifications Power Supply Voltage 9 to 32 V DC for general purpose flameproof ATEX intrins
104. which a process alarm is generated The factory default setting is a value that does not generate an alarm Four types of alarm can be set HI LIM LO LIM and LO LO LIM 01 06 00 01 6 4 Parameters of DI Function Block DI function blocks work based on the limit switch signals generated by the transducer block where DI1 is based on those signals on the flow rate and 012 on the temperature with the option MODE_BLK Supports O S Auto and Manual modes The DI block does not function in the O S mode does not update the measured value in the Manual mode and updates the measured value in the Auto mode Normally set the mode to Auto Before the digitalYEWFLO is shipped from the factory all the DI blocks are set to O S mode CHANNEL Selects the input to the DI block from the transducer CHANNEL is always set to 3 or 4 for a digitalYEWFLO PV FTIME Stipulates the delay time in seconds of changing the output value after a change of the value inside the DI block DISC PRI Determines the priority level of the discrete alarm on the block s output OUT D The alarm will be transmitted upon occurrence only when the DISC PRI is set at 3 or higher This parameter is set to 1 before the digitalYEWFLO is shipped from the factory Table 6 4 Alarm Priority Value Descriptions 0 Alart is not notified Alarm parameters are not updated 1 Alart is not notified 3to7 Advis
105. 012 COLLECTION 3 2013 0x80020380 A directory that specifies the number starting indices and DIRECTORY 2028 0x80020382 DD Item IDs of the data collections in each transducer 2031 0x30003 within a transducer block 13 2013 VALUE Volumetric flow 101 O S The type of measurement represented by the primary TYPE value Followings are available for the digitalYEWFLO 100 mass flow 101 volumetric flow 14 2014 PRIMARY VALUE Indicates the flow rate 15 2015 PRIMARY VALUE Note 1 Indicates the flow range RANGE These values are converted the values of SENSOR RANGE by the unit of SCALE and the data of LINE _ SIZE 16 2016 CAL POINT Max range Note 2 O S The highest calibrated value To set within the range of SENSOR RANGE 17 2017 CAL POINT LO Min range Note 3 O S The lowest calibrated value To set within the range of SENSOR RANGE 18 2018 CAL MIN SPAN Note 1 The minimum calibration span value allowed 19 2019 CAL UNIT m h 1349 Note 4 O S The engineering unit for the calibrated values Read Table 6 2 for the unit available 20 2020 SENSOR TYPE Vortex 112 Indicates the sensor type which is Vortex for the digitalYEWFLO 21 2021 SENSOR RANGE 1 The high and low range limit values engineering units code and the number of digits to the right of the decimal point for the sensor 22 2022 SENSOR SN Serial No Serial number 23 2023 SENSOR CAL
106. 1 e TOTAL SP OUT OUT TRIP 1 COUT PTRIP 1 For counting down the OUT value is as follows e PRE TRIP OUT OUT TRIP 0 COUT PTRIP 0 e O OUT PRE TRIP OUT TRIP 0 COUT PTRIP 1 e OUT 0 OUT TRIP 1 COUT PTRIP 1 OUT_TRIP 14 0 OUT_PTRIP 15 0 TOTAL_SP 7 FA0505 ai Note that the given conditions do not apply to the following cases TYPE is 5 6 or 7 OUT TRIP and OUT PTRIP always output 0 TYPE is 1 or 3 occurrence of AutoRESET reset caused if the threshold is exceeded causes OUT TRIP to hold 1 for five seconds IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK gt 5 8 A5 5 3 Mode Handling Mode Action Automatic AUTO Normal action Manual MAN Integration calculation is stopped Normal output You may rewrite a value in OUT If no value is rewritten the value just before OUT not be updated unless you running in AUTO is held When the mode returns to AUTO integration starts Out of Service O S set a value to it No reset is accepted with the written value or the value just before running in AUTO Output If you rewrite the value in OUT and RTOTAL while the mode is in MAN or O S N RESET is incremented A5 6 Reset A5 6 1 Reset Trigger There are the following five types of reset triggers 1 An integrated value exceeds TOTAL SP 2 An integrated value fa
107. 2 VALUE Indicates the value of limit switch 2 which switches ON and OFF depending on the digital value of the target input parameter selected in LIMSW_2_TARGET and based on the threshold set in LIMSW_2_SETPOINT with the hysteresis set in LIMSW 2 HYSTERESIS The direction of the switching action is determined by the setting in LIMSW 2 ACT DIRECTION 40 2040 LIMSW 2 TARGET 1 PRIMARY O S The target of limit switch 2 VALUE 1 PRIMARY VALUE 2 SECONDARY VALUE 41 2041 LIMSW 2 0 O S Sets the threshold of limit switch 2 If the value of SETPOINT LIMSW 2 ACT DIRECTION is HIGH LIMIT limit Switch 2 turns ON when LIMSW 2 TARGET has gone beyond LIMSW 2 SETPOINT If the value of LIMSW 2 ACT DIRECTION is LO LIMIT limit switch 2 turns ON when LIMSW 2 TARGET has gone below LIMSW 2 SETPOINT The unit set in LIMSW 2 UNIT applies 42 2042 LLIMSW 2 1 HI LIMIT O S Selects the direction of the limit switch 2 s actions DIRECTION 1 HI LIMIT high limit switch 2 LO LIMIT low limit switch IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 1 LIST PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO gt A1 8 Relative Write Index Index Parameter Name Factory Default Mode Explanation 43 2043 LIMSW 2 _ 0 O S Sets the hysteresis of limit switch 2 to be applied HYSTERESIS for resetting the LIMSW 2 VALUE D to OFF after LIMSW 2 TARGET went beyond LIMSW 2 SETPOINT
108. 4 Average Calculation 5 Output uu 5 AG 4 1 Mode Handling A6 6 A6 4 2 Status Handling A6 6 List of the Arithmetic Block Parameters u u u A6 7 Example of Connection enis REGES 9 Setting Procedure of the Mass Flow Rate Calculation A6 10 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS A7 1 AT 1 Link Active Scheduler eene tentent U nsn AT 1 AT 2 AT 1 AT 3 Transfer of LAS entrent rnt nnnc AT 2 4 LM Functions ei sai AT 3 AT 5 7 4 7 5 1 LM Parameter Listessa a a AT 4 7 5 2 Descriptions for LM Parameters AT 6 AT 6 Trouble Shooting rrr ren rtt AT 8 APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK u A8 1 A8 1 gelten A8 1 A8 2 Functions of PID BlOGK sis A8 1 A8 3 Parameters of PID BlOGK issicccciccccsassecacescteccnseessccecscteencnessonecassteesctecsansenanereauees A8 2 A8 4 PID Computation
109. 44 The indentification number of the notified body 116 Group Category 1 Gas atmosphere 126 Group Category 2 Gas atmosphere 136 Group Category Gas atmosphere 1 The first digit in the final three numbers of the serial number appearing after NO on the name plate indicates the year of production The following is an example of a serial number for a product that was produced in 2015 NO S5K965926 535 TProduced in 2015 2 The product producing country IM 01 06 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT gt 10 6 10 2 FM Technical Data Explosion Proof Applicable Standard Class 3600 2011 Class 3611 2004 Class 3615 2006 Class 3810 1989 Including Supplement 1 1995 NEMA 250 1991 Type of Protection Explosion proof for Class Division 1 Groups A B C and D Dust ignition proof for Class Division 1 Groups E F and G SEAL ALL CONDUITS 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Enclosure Rating Type 4X Temperature Code T6 Ambient Temperature 40 to 60 C Power Supply 9 to 32 Vdc Integral Type and Remote Type Converter Output Signal Remote Type Detector Output Signal to Converter 30Vp p 100pAp p Input Output Signal Remote Type Converter Input Signal from Flowmeter 30Vp p 100 Electrical connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female Intrinsically Safe Applicable Standard Class 3600 2011 Class 3610 2010 Class 3
110. 5 The flow sensor is faulty 0x00000004 COM circuit failure 2 AL 03 The fieldbus communication circuit in the amplifier is faulty type 2 error 0x00000002 COM circuit failure 1 AL 02 The fieldbus communication circuit in the amplifier is faulty type 1 error 0x00000001 module failure 1 AL 01 The EEPROM S is faulty IM 01 06 00 01 lt 8 DEVICE STATUS gt Table 8 3 Contents of DEVICE_STATUS_3 Index 1047 Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0x10000000 FB scheduled AL 20 No function blocks are scheduled 0x02000000 O S mode AL 22 The transducer block is in O S mode 0x01000000 in O S mode AL 23 The block is in O S mode 0x00800000 AI2 in O S mode AL 24 The AI2 block is in O S mode 0x00400000 DI1 O S mode AL 25 The 011 block is in O S mode 0x00200000 DI2 in O S mode AL 26 The DI2 block is in O S mode 0x00100000 in O S mode AL 27 The PID block is in O S mode 0x00040000 in MAN mode AL 62 The AI1 block is in manual mode 0x00020000 All Simulation Active AL 63 Simulation is enabled in the block 0x00010000 not Scheduled AL 64 The AI1 block is not scheduled 0x00004000 2 in Man Mode AL 65 The AI2 block is in manual mode 0x00002000 AI2 Simulate Active AL 66 Simulation is enabled in the AI2 block 0x00001000 2 not
111. 50 Remote Type Detector Remote Type Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature Temperature Class Process Temperature T6 lt 84 78 C 6 196 to 84 79 C T5 lt 100 5 196 to 100 C T4 lt 135 T4 196 to 135 C T3 lt 199 C T3 196 to 199 C T2 lt 299 288 C T2 196 C to 299 289 C T1 lt 449 438 1 196 C to 449 439 Use HT option above 250 C use LT option below 29 C for MV option Electrical data Supply and Output Circuit SUPPLY and FISCO Field Device Entity Concept Maximum Input Voltage Ui 32Vdc Internal Capacitance Ci 3 52nF Internal Inductance Li Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 X 1 5 female For the connection of DYA to DY N Maximum cable capacitance 160nF Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 X 1 5 female Special conditions for safe use 1 For process temperatures above 250 C the flow meters of the HT version must be used 2 Because the enclosures of the flow meters and the flow converter are made of aluminium alloy when used in an potentially explosive atmosphere requiring apparatus of equipment categoly 1 G they must be installed so that even in the event of rare incidents an ignition source due to impact of friction between the enclosure and iron steel is excluded Precautions shall be taken to minimize the risk from electrostatic dischar
112. 6 00 01 A8 6 lt APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK gt Mode Transitions Shedding upon Computer Failure for details Transition Destination Condition 5 110 5 If O S is set in MODE BLK target or if O S is set in target inside the resource block 2 IMan If the specified condition is NOT if met read APPENDIX 8 14 1 is Initialization and Manual met Fallback IMAN Track Enable is specified NOT if either CONTROL OPTSandthe _ or both of value of TRK_IN_D is true conditions 1 and 2 are met 4 Man is set MODE BLK NOT if any target or if IN status input or more of status is Bad conditions 1 to 3 are met 5 Auto If Auto is set MODE BLK NOT if any target one or more of AND conditions 1 to if IN status input status is are met not Bad 6 Cas If Cas is setin MODE BLK NOT if any target one or more of AND conditions 1 to if neither IN status input 3 are met status nor CAS IN status is Bad 7 RCas If RCas is set in MODE NOT if any BLK target one or more of AND conditions 1 to if neither IN status input 3 are met status nor RCAS_IN status is Bad 8 ROut If ROut is set in MODE NOT if any target one or more of AND conditions 1 to if ROUT_IN status input 3 are met status is not Bad 9 In accordance If RCAS_IN status or with the ROUT_ IN status is Bad SHED
113. 611 2004 Class 3810 2005 NEMA 250 1991 ANSI ISA 60079 0 2013 ANSI ISA 60079 11 2014 ANSI ISA 60079 27 2006 Type of Protection Intrinsically Safe for Class II DIV 1 Groups A B C D E F and 4 and Class Zone 0 AEx ia IIB IIC Entity FISCO Nonincendive for Class 11 Div 2 Groups A B C D F and Class Ill DIV 1 Class Zone 2 Group FNICO Ambient Temperature 40 to 60 Integral Type and Vortex Flow Converter 40 to 80 Remote Type Detector Indoors and Outdoors Type 4X Electrical Parameters Intrinsically Safe Entity Vmax 24 V Imax 250 mA Pi 1 2 Ci 3 52 nF Li 0 mH FISCO IIC Vmax 17 5 V Imax 380 mA Pi 5 32 W Ci 3 52 nF 0 mH FISCO IIB Vmax 17 5 Imax 460 mA Pi 5 32 W Ci 3 52 nF 0 mH Nonincendive Vmax 32 Ci 3 52 nF 0 mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female B Wiring Explosion proof WARNING All wiring shall comply with National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA 70 and Local Electrical Code SEAL ALL CONDUITS 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Intrinsically Safe NOTE f you are using a hand held terminal in the hazardous area read the Control Drawing or Instruction Manual of handheld terminal IM 01 06 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT gt Operation Explosion proof WARNING Incase of Explosion proof note a warning
114. ANI LINN 1nO Quewegpnr Ajjeo yewoyny syun 49430 uN sse LINN J NVY 1NO Ajjeoryeworiy yun 85 KIANI 3ONVY LNO Ajjeoryewoyriy spun 42410 yun KIANI LINA J NYY 1nO Ajjeoiyewiozny syun 48430 HUN oi sseW X3aNr LINN 3ONVH 1nO Queuiespnt syun 48410 HUN oi sseW KIONI LINA 3ONVH 1nO Queuiespnf syun 19430 100 3uwo 243 396 X3QNI 100 X3dNI LINN LNO XJANI LINN I NYY LNO eu 396 X3GNI LINN J NYY LNO s4ejeuie4ed ZUMO eu 396 X3QNI LIN 39NYH 100 s4ejeuie4ed eu 396 X3GNI LIN T3ONVH LNO s4ejeure4ed eu 396 eui 395 o 396 LINN 4 395 LINN HV 4 0 347 LINN AWMOA HV 395 LINN MOTH IWNTOA Suwo 0 34
115. AR IN 1 is not connected to the temperature 0x00000080 AR Press IN not connect AL 91 AR Input2 AR IN 2 is not connected to the pressure 0x00000040 AR Conf Err Comp coef AL 92 AR Compensation Coefficient AR AR FLOW CONFIG Element changed unexpected Therefore AR Output AR OUT Value is uncertainty 0x00000020 AR Conf Err Output unit AL 93 AR Output Range Units Index RANGE Unit Index is not selected rightly the corresponding to AR Arithmetic Type AR ARITH TYPE IM 01 06 00 01 lt 9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 9 1 9 9 1 For items other than those described below read GS 01FO6A00 01EN EMC Conformity Standards EN 61326 1 Class A Table 2 For use in industrial locations EN 61326 2 3 EN61326 2 5 Performance Specification during immunity test Flowrate output Output fluctuation within measurement accuracy Temperature output Output fluctuation within 1 0 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Standard Specifications Note1 This instrument is a Class A product and it is designed for use in the industrial environment Please use this instrument in the industrial environment only Note2 Use the metal conduit for the remote cable Performance Specifications Mass Flow Accuracy using Arithmetic AR function block when outer temperature sensor and outer pressure sensor are used Accuracy x 96 of Reading AIChE American Institute of
116. ATUS OPTS Options in STATUS OPTS IFS if Bad IN Description Sets the sub status component of OUT status to IFS if IN status is Bad except when PID control bypass is on IFS if Bad CAS IN Sets the sub status component of OUT status to IFS if CAS IN status is Bad Use Uncertain as Good Does not regard IN as being in Bad status when IN status is Uncertain to prevent mode transitions from being affected when it is Uncertain Target to Manual if Bad IN Automatically changes the value of MODE BLK target to MAN when IN falls into Bad status Target to next permitted mode if Bad CAS IN Automatically changes the value of MODE BLK target to Auto or to Man if Auto is not set in Permitted when CAS IN falls into Bad status A8 16 Auto Fallback Auto fallback denotes an action in which a PID block changes mode from CAS cascade to AUTO automatic and continues automatic PID control with the user set setpoint Auto fallback takes place automatically when the following condition is met N status data status of IN is Bad except when the control action bypass is on To enable the manual fallback action to take place when the above condition is met Target to next permitted mode if Bad CAS IN must be previously specified in STATUS _ OPTS AND AUTO must be previously set in MODE permitted A8 17 Mode Shedding upon Computer Failure When the data status of RCAS_
117. Auto this value cannot be modified When it is 2 Manual the desired value can be set as a fixed ratio 83 2083 SIGNAL LEVEL O S Sets the signal level Setting range 0 1 to 20 0 84 2084 FLOW VELOCITY Indicates the current flow velocity in m s 1061 updated periodically 85 2085 SPAN VELOCITY Indicates the span flow velocity in m s 1061 updated periodically This parameter is set to the value calculated based on the density under the normal operating conditions and normal operating temperature specified by the customer 86 2086 VORTEX _ FREQUENCY Indicates the current vortex generation frequency in Hz 1077 updated periodically 87 2087 SPAN FREQ Indicates the vortex generation frequency at the span flow in Hz 1077 updated periodically This parameter is setto the value calculated based on the density under the normal operating conditions and normal operating temperature specified by the customer 88 2088 FLUID DENSITY Indicates the fluid density calculated based on the temperature data in the unit determined by DENSITY UNIT updated periodically 89 2089 SENSOR ERROR J RECORD O S AUTO Record of the following errors regarding the sensor This record will be automatically cleared when no error has occurred for a month Recorded errors Flow over output Span set error Pre amp fault EEPROM fault Sensor fault Transient no
118. COEF compensation of a liquid Setting range 32000 to 32000 Unit 1 TEMP_UNIT IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 1 LIST PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO gt A1 9 Relative Write Index Index Parameter Name Factory Default Mode Explanation 63 2063 SECOND TEMP 0 O S Sets the second temperature coefficient for the density COEF compensation of a liquid Setting range 32000 to 32000 Unit 1 TEMP_UNIT 2 64 2064 5 SELECT 25 2 Note5 5 Selects the flowmeter size 1 15 mm 1 2 in 2 25 1 in 3 40 mm 1 5 in 4 50 mm 2 5 80 mm in 6 100 mm 4 in 7 150 mm 6 8 200 mm 8 in 9 250 mm 10 in 10 300 mm 12 in 11 400 mm 16 in 65 2065 BODY_TYPE Standard 1 O S Selects the flowmeter body type 1 Standard 2 High Pressure 3 Low Flow Unit 1 4 Low Flow Unit 2 66 206 VORTEX _ Standard 1 O S Selects the vortex sensor type 1 Standard 2 High SENSOR_TYPE Temperature 3 Low temperature 67 2067 FACTOR UNIT 1 O S Selects the unit of the K factor 68 2068 FACTOR 68 6 O S Sets the factor of the combined detector at 15 Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 69 2069 LOW CUT FLOW 0 46687 minimum 5 Sets the low cutoff flow rate level Setting range Minimum gas flow rate for the flow rate x 0 5 to XD SCALE EU 100 The unit
119. Chemical Engineers Notes Mass Flow Fluid Reference input condition for Mass Flow computing ote 1 Note Flow Accuracy Saturated Density computing by temperature steam Temperature Temperature range 100 to 330 using standard steam table IAPWS Temperature Temperature accuracy 0 1 IF97 International Associaton for the base Properties of Water and Steam Saturated 1 7 Density computing by pressure using steam Flow velocity Pressure Pressure range 0 1MPa to flange rating standard steam table IAPWS IF97 Pressure 35m s or less Pressure accuracy 0 2 International Associaton for the base 2 2 Properties of Water and Steam Flow velocity Pressure condition 35m s to 80m s Pressure range 0 1 to flange rating Density computing by temperature and Superheated Temperature Pressure accuracy 0 2 pressure using standard steam table steam and Pressure Temperature condition IAPWS IF97 International Associaton Temperature range 100 to 450 C for the Properties of Water and Steam Temperature accuracy 0 1 T Accuracy is changed by fluctuating Temperature pressure compensation emperature PR General gas Not fixed deviation factor K on temperature computing using gas equation Boyle and Pressure m Arie pressure condition Charles s at fixed deviation factor K e Accuracy is changed by setting value for Density computing by temperature Liquid
120. Converter Group II Category 1 G Ambient Temperature 40 to 60 Integral Type 50 to 80 78 C Remote Type Detector 40 to 80 C Remote Type Converter Option LT below 29 C Option MV at T6 Entity Ui 24 V li 250 mA Pi 1 2 W Ci 3 52 nF Li 0 mH FISCO IIC Ui 17 5 V li 500 mA Pi 5 5 Ci 3 52 nF Li 0 mH Connect sensor circuit of DYA and DY N HT Electrical Data IM 01 06 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT gt 10 2 Integral Type Integral Type Use HT option above 250 C use LT option below 29 for MV option e Intrinsically Safe Ex ic Applicable Standard EN60079 0 2009 EN60079 0 2012 EN60079 11 2012 Type of Protection ic T4 T1 Gc Integral Type Ex ic T6 T1 Gc Remote Type Detector Ex ic T5 T4 Gc Remort Type Converter Group Il Category 3 G Enclosure IP66 67 Overvoltage Ambient Temperature 40 to 60 C Integral Type 50 to 80 79 Remote Type Detector Option LT below 29 C for Option MV at T6 40 to 80 C Remote Type Converter Temperature Class Process Temperature Temperature Class Process Temperature T4 lt 135 T4 40 C to 135 C T3 lt 200 C T3 40 C to 199 C T2 lt 250 C T2 40 C to 250 C T1 lt 250 T1 40 C to 2
121. D With Indicator N None Indicator DY015 E TC14901 TC14912 TC14923 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 x TC18903 TC18914 TC18925 DY025 E TC19504 TC19513 TC19522 DY040 R1 DY050 R2 x TC18904 TC18915 TC18926 DY040 E TC19505 TC19514 TC19523 DY050 R1 DY080 R2 x TC18905 TC18916 TC18927 DY050 E TC19506 TC19515 TC19524 DY080 R1 DY100 R2 x TC18906 TC18917 TC18928 DY080 E TC19507 TC19516 TC19525 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 x TC18907 TC18918 TC18929 DY100 E TC19508 TC19517 TC19526 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 X TC18908 TC18919 TC18930 DY150 E TC19509 TC19518 TC19527 DY200 R1 x TC18909 TC18920 18931 19510 19519 19528 DY200 x TC18910 TC18921 TC18932 DY250 E TC19511 TC19520 TC19529 DY300 E TC19512 TC19521 TC19530 DY400 B TC18945 TC18955 TC18965 Shedder Remote Type Converter Model I _ n bar Material N None Indicator D With Indicator DYA TC14934 TC14935 Integral Type Flowmeter Remote Type Flowmeter None Indicator With Indicator Detector Converter Construction Ex d IIC T6 Flame Proof Approval lt Amb Temp 20 up to 60 lt lt lt Rating Maximum power supply vortage DC42V Output Voltage 30Vp p Maximum power supply vortage Current Signal DC4 20mA Pulse Signal ON 2V 200mA OFF 42V 4 Output Current 100 DC42V Current Signal DC4 20mA Pulse Signal ON 2V 200 OFF 42V 4 Input Signal p p 100p A p p Resistance Temp Sensor Input Pt1000 at 0 Specified Current less t
122. DE BLK 4 4 6 BLOCK ERR 2 2 6 BLOCK ERR 2 2 7 PV 5 5 7 PV_D 2 2 8 OUT 5 5 8 OUT_D 2 2 9 SIMULATE 9 SIMULATE_D 10 XD_SCALE 11 10 2 11 OUT_SCALE 11 11 OUT STATE 2 12 GRANT DENY 2 12 GRANT DENY 2 13 OPTS 2 13 IO_OPTS 2 14 STATUS OPTS 2 14 STATUS OPTS 2 15 CHANNEL 2 15 CHANNEL 2 16 TYPE 1 16 FTIME 4 17 LOW 4 17 FIELD VAL D 2 2 18 4 18 UPDATE_EVT 19 FIELD VAL 5 5 19 BLOCK ALM 20 UPDATE EVT 20 ALARM SUM 8 8 21 ALM 21 OPTION 2 22 ALARM SUM 8 8 22 DISC PRI 1 23 ACK OPTION 2 23 DISC LIM 1 24 ALARM HYS 4 24 DISC ALM 25 HI HI PRI 1 26 HI HI LIM 4 Total bytes 22 8 22 19 27 PRI 1 28 HI LIM 4 29 PRI 1 30 LO LIM 4 31 PRI 1 32 LO LO LIM 4 33 HI HI ALM 34 HI ALM 35 ALM 36 LO LO ALM 37 TOTAL 4 38 START 39 TOTAL RATE VAL 40 TOTAL RESET Total bytes 31 26 35 46 Note AI2 and AI3 blocks do not have parameters after index No 37 TOTAL inclusive IM 01 06 00 01 lt 5 CONFIGURATION gt Table 5 15 View Objects for PID Function Block option LC1 Relative Parameter VIEW_ VIEW_ VIEW_ VIEW_ Relative Parameter VIEW_ VIEW_ VIEW_ VIEW_ Index Mnemonic 1 2 3 4 Index Mnemonic 1 2 3 4 ST_
123. Disabled 2 Active 10 6010 6110 XD STATE 0 Not used in a digitalYEWFLO 11 6011 6111 OUT STATE 0 Not used in a digitalYEWFLO 12 6012 6112 GRANT DENY AUTO Option to control access from the host computer and local control panel to tuning and alarm parameters Before write access to a parameter set the GRANT bit in this parameter to have the operation right to be granted Then after write access check the DENY bit in this parameter If the write access is complete successfully it is not ON 13 6013 6113 OPTS 0 O S Sets the block input output options 14 6014 6114 STATUS OPTS 0 O S Defines block actions depending on block status conditions For DI blocks of a digitalYEWFLO only bit 0 Invert on off state inversion is effective 15 6015 6115 CHANNEL 3 DI1 O S The channel number of the transducer block s logical 4 DI2 hardware channel connected to this block Fixed to 3 for 4 for DI2 in the DI blocks of digitalYEWFLO 16 6016 6116 PV FTIME 0s AUTO Sets the time constant of damping for PV D 17 6017 6117 FIELD VAL D The status of the limit switch signal transferred from the transducer block 18 6018 6118 EVT Shows the contents of an update event a change to the setpoint upon occurrence 19 6019 6119 BLOCK ALM Shows the contents of a block alarm upon occurrence 20 6020 6120 ALARM SUM 0 AUTO Indicates the current alarm statuses 21 6021 6121
124. E OUT for time set BAL TIME is output The PRE OUT always indicates the results of calculation After elapse of BAL TIME OUT PRE OUTis established Note that if the value of BAL TIME is changed during linear change of the OUT value it is not reflected The value of BAL TIME will be reflected only after the mode is changed the next time AUTO MAN AUTO ae lt n BAL_TIME pe Case of BAL_TIME 5 sec FA0804 ai The value of OUT is represented by the following equation Yn y a a 4 1 The value of T tc truncates digits to the right of the decimal point where y OUT x PRE_OUT t period of execution BAL_TIME period 4 2 Status Handling The setting of INPUT_OPTS is applied to the input status When INPUT_OPTS is applied there are cases where the PV status becomes good even if the status of main inputs is uncertain or the status of auxiliary inputs is uncertain or bad The PV status is classified by the following Ifthe statuses of two main inputs are both good or anything other than good Read APPENDIX 6 2 1 Main Inputs If only one ofthe statuses of two main inputs is good Ifthe status of IN is good and that of IN _ is anything other than good IN gt RANGE LO gt The status of IN applies IN RANGE LO Read AP
125. EMP COEF 71 DEVIATION 1 sli Y Set the following parameters SECONDARY_VALUE_FTIME CABLE_LENGTH 1 gt 1 Skip mode including FA1002 ai IM 01 06 00 01 10 3 lt APPENDIX 10 METHOD gt 2 Noise Balance Wizard Method r Auto C Noise Balance Wizard Method D Y Display the start message Check the Mode Actual automatically judgement O S Set the following parameter NOISE BALANCE MODE Manual Auto Tuning at zero Set the following parameters Tuning at zero NOISE RATIO automatically judgement Check the NOISE BALANCE _ Display the following parameters NOISE BALANCE MODE NOISE RATIO TRIGGER LEVEL Display the end message D FA1003 ai 3 Reynolds Adjust Method Auto Reynolds Adjust Method 1 N v Display the start message automaticall Mode y judgement Actual et the following parameter REYNOLDS ADJUST Set the following parameter PROCESS_DENSITY Set the following parameter VISCOSITY 1 gt lt v Display the end message v END 1 Skip mode including T FA1004 ai IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 10 METHOD gt A10 4 4 Flow Adjust Method
126. ENDIX 12 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM PRM Plant Resource gt A12 2 Table A12 1 Hardware Failure Alarm item Alarm No Description Parameter AMP Module AL 01 The EEPROM S failed AL 01 RS DEVICE Failure 1 AL 01 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center STATUS 2 bitO COM Circuit AL 02 The serial communication circuit in the amplifier failed type 1 error AL 02 RS DEVICE Failure 1 AL 02 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center STATUS 2 bit1 COM Circuit AL 03 The serial communication circuit in the amplifier failed type 2 error AL 03 RS DEVICE Failure 2 AL 03 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center STATUS 2 bit2 Module AL 04 The EEPROM F failed AL 04 RS DEVICE _ Failure 2 AL 04 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center STATUS 1 bit19 Flow Sensor AL 05 The flow sensor failed AL 05 RS DEVICE Failure AL 05 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center STATUS 2 bit3 Input Circuit AL 06 The input circuit in the amplifier failed AL 06 RS DEVICE Failure AL 06 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center STATUS 2 bit4 Temp Converter AL 07 The temperature circuit in the amplifier failed AL 07 RS DEVICE Failure AL 07 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center STATUS 2 bit5 Temp Sensor AL 08 The temperature sensor failed AL 08 RS DEVICE Failur
127. ES BEFORE OPENNG TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN THE PROCESS TEMP 2200 C USE THE HEAT RESISTING CABLE AND CABLE GLAND 2 90 POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD Q READ IM 01F06A01 01 DEK 110077 CJ VORTEX FLOWMETER SC Ex d IC T6 T1 Gb Tamb 40 606 TEMP CLASS T6 T6 T4 T 12 T PROCESS 40 to 80 100 135 200 300 450 NOTE USE HT VERSION ABOVE 260 C UTE Electric Corporation TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN OK in 3 INUTES BEFORE OPENING THE HEAT RESISTING wO Remote type converter 10 4 CSA B Technical Data Explosion Proof Applicable Standard Certificate C22 1 98 C22 2 No 0 M1991 C22 2 No 0 4 04 C22 2 No 0 5 1982 C22 2 No 25 1966 C22 2 No 30 M1986 C22 2 No 94 M1991 C22 2 No 142 M1987 C22 2 No 61010 1 04 ANSI ISA 12 27 01 2003 1166201 Type of Protection Explosion proof for Class B C and D Class Il Groups E F and MODEL Specified model code SUFFIX Specified suffix code STYLE Style code SUPPLY Supply voltage OUTPUT Output signal MWP Maximum working pressure PROCESS TEMP Process temperature K FACTOR Device specific factor RANGE Sp
128. Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev Index Others Simulate Discrete Grant Deny Grant Query Device Standard parameters Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host lt APPENDIX 9 DD MENU gt A9 6 7 012 Function Block Menus Block Info Block Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Field Value Discrete Status Value Process Value Discrete Status Output Discrete Status Value Configuration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Channel Process Value Filter Time Options Status Options iagnostics Alerts Block Error Alert Parameters Block Almarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Alarm Summary Current Unacknowledged Unreported Disabled Acknowledge Option Discrete Primary Discrete Limit Discrete Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev Index g Others Simulate Discrete Grant Deny Grant Deny Query Device Standard parameters 0906 IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 9 MENU gt A9 7 8 IT Function Block Menus Block Info B
129. FF DI1 Not AL 70 Scheduled AL 70 lt OUT Status gt Default Good NC Non Specific 5 AL 71 STATUS_OPTS p Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific AL 72 1012 Simulation lt BLOCK_ERR gt Provided Active AL 72 Simulation Active OFF 012 Not AL 73 Scheduled pose AL 73 PID in Bypass Provided AL 74 Mode AL 74 OFF PID Error 1 Provided ATS AL 75 OFF PID Error 2 Provided 76 AL 76 OFF IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 13 ECE Alarm Detail RS Block TR Block Block Al2 Block Block Alarm Reset SW Display default lt OUT Status gt Default in Man UCET Provided mode Active Uncertain Non Specific AL 78 AI3 Simulation BLOCK ERR BLOCK ERR Provided Active AL 78 Simulation Active Simulation Active OFF AI3 Not AL 79 Scheduled AL 79 IT in Man Provided AL 80 Mode AL 80 OFF IT Not AL 81 Scheduled 2 AL 81 IT Total AL 82 Err 9 AL 82 IT Conf Err Provided ibi AL 83 OFF AR in Man Provided AL 84 Modo AL 84 OFF AR Not AL 85 Scheduled 1 AL 85 AR Range AL 86 Conf Err Mo AL 86 Provided AL 87 Over Range AL 87 AR Press IN AL 88 Over Range pata AL 88 AR Flow IN Not AL 89 Connected m AL 89 AR Temp
130. Hg 1157 mmHg 0 C 1158 AR_DENSITY_UNIT kg m 1097 Ib ft 1107 Ib gal 1108 Ib ImpGal 1430 AR_DENSITY_FACTOR_UNIT kg m 1097 Ib ft 1107 Ib gal 1108 Ib ImpGal 1430 No units 1588 Pressure unit does not distinguish gauge pressure absolute pressure Also if the input is a pressure gauge pressure set the value of atmospheric pressure in BIAS IN 2 If you want to steam saturation density operation temperature or pressure the superheated steam density computation is set density units AR DENSITY UNIT If you are the gas temperature and pressure correction computation is set standard state temperature AR BASE TEMP standard state pressure AR BASE PRESSURE the coefficient of variation DEVIATION For a mass flow unit standard density of states and density AR BASE DENSITY unit DENSITY UNIT also please set the output unit If the solution is temperature correction calculation set the standard density of states and density AR BASE DENSITY unit DENSITY UNIT standard state temperature AR BASE TEMP primary secondary temperature correction factor AR FIRST TEMP COEF the AR SECOND TEMP COEF The configuration please use the Method read Appendix 10 METHOD FA0606 ai IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS gt AT 1 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS A7 1 Link Active Scheduler Alink active scheduler LAS is a deterministic centralized bus s
131. IMULATE_ENABLE jumper switch is mounted on the digitalY EWFLO s amplifier This is to prevent the accidental operation of this function When this is switched on simulation is enabled Read Figure 7 2 To initiate the same action from a remote terminal if REMOTE LOOP TEST SWITCH is written to SIM ENABLE MSG index 1044 parameter of the resource block the resulting action is the same as is taken when the above switch is on Note that this parameter value is lost when the power is turned off In simulation enabled status an alarm is generated from the resource block and other device alarms will be masked for this reason the simulation must be disabled immediately after using this function The SIMULATE parameter of Al block consists of the elements listed in Table 7 3 below Table 7 3 SIMULATE Parameter Sub Parameters Description index 1 Simulate Status Sets the data status to be simulated 2 Simulate Value Sets the value of the data to be simulated 3 Transducer Status Displays the data status from the transducer block It cannot be changed 4 Transducer Value Displays the data value from the transducer block It cannot be changed 5 Simulate En Disable Controls the simulation function of this block 1 Disabled standard 2 Active simulation When Simulate En Disable in Table 7 3 above is setto Active the applicable function block uses the simulation value set in this parameter
132. IN AL 90 Not Connected poss AL 90 AR Press IN AL 91 Not Connected jos AL 91 AR Comp AL 92 Coef Conf Err AL 92 AR Output AL 93 Unit Conf Err AL 93 IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 14 LCD Alarm Detail Block 012 Block IT Block AR Block Alarm Reset SW Display default in Provided Ren Mode AL 77 OFF Simulation Provided AS Active AL 78 OFF AI3 Not AL 79 Scheduled jos AL 79 lt OUT Status gt Default Good NC Non Specific 2 IT in Man Provided AL 80 STATUS OPTS AF60 Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific IT Not AL 81 Scheduled pes AL 81 BLOCK ERR IT Total Lost NV Data AL 82 Backup Err lt OUT Status gt OFF AL 82 OFF Bad Device Failure AL 83 IT Conf Err lt BLOCK_ERR gt Provided AL 83 Configuration Error OFF lt OUT Status gt Default Good NC Non Specific 2 AL 84 1 br 4j STATUS OPTS passus Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific AR Not AL 85 Scheduled je AL 85 AR Pange lt BLOCK_ERR gt Provided AF86 ant Err Configuration Error OFF AL 86 g AR Temp IN lt OUT Status gt Provided AL 87 Over Range Uncertain Non OFF AL 87 Specific AR Press IN lt OUT Status gt Provided AL 88 Over Range Uncerta
133. IN or ROUT_IN which is the setting received from a computer as the setpoint SP falls to Bad while the PID block is running in the RCAS remote cascade or ROUT remote output mode the mode shedding occurs in accordance with the settings in SHED_OPT SHED OPT The SHED OPT setting stipulates the specifications of mode shedding as shown below Only one can be set IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK gt A8 9 Available Setting for SHED_OPT Normal shed normal return Actions upon Computer Failure Sets MODE_BLK actual to Cas and leaves MODE_BLK target unchanged Normal shed no return Shed to Auto normal return Sets both MODE BLK actual MODE _ BLK target to Cas Sets MODE BLK actual to Auto and leaves MODE BLK target unchanged Shed to Auto no return Sets both MODE BLK actual MODE BLK target to Auto target normal return Shed to Manual 5 MODE BLK actual to Man and normal return leaves MODE BLK target unchanged Shed to Manual Sets both MODE BLK actual and MODE no return BLK target to Man Shed to retained If Cas is MODE BLK target sets MODE_BLK actual to and leaves MODE_BLK target unchanged If Cas is not set in MODE_BLK target sets MODE_BLK actual to Auto and leaves MODE_BLK target unchanged Shed to retained target no return If Cas is set MODE_BLK target sets both MODE_BLK actual and
134. INCIDENTS IGNITION SOURCES DUE TO IMPACT AND FRICTION SPARKS ARE EXCLUDED WARNING SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY Yokogawa Electric Corporation Model DY Series Date April 18 2014 Intrinsically Safe Installation Remote Type Class I Division 1 Groups A B C D Class Il Division 1 Groups E F G Class Ill Division 1 Class I Zone 0 Group Temperature Class Terminator DYC Signal Cable DYA Vortex Flow Converter DY N Vortex Flowmeter Ao o B ge To oT n SUPPLY See table below LI T o 1 Only for multivariable type Vmax Imax or or Pi Li Ui n mA Entity 240 250 12 852 0 FISCOIIC 175 380 532 352 o FISCO 175 460 532 352 0 Hazardous Classified Location Terminator m Unclassified Location 601 Associated Apparatus LO 0 Yokogawa Electric Corporation 01 06 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT gt 10 9 Model DY Series Date April 18 2014 Model DY Series Date April 18 2014 Division 2 Installation Integral Type Division 2 Installation Remote Type Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Class Il Division 2 Groups F Cass s Dien 2 Groups AE DD ress Class Il Division 2 Groups F G
135. INN ALISISG A eu1 325 lt A ALISN3Q 3SVg HV 2 NI SVIS 2 NI SVIS aun Buymo Ae dsiq sqv Buymo 9 eu 395 2 5 SseW 5 243 39 yun 3uWolloj 43 39S KONI i Sqv 4o jo3nery esneo JONVYLNO si eansseaq 59 40 Qu usspnr ALISN3d 3SVH 3ndui ao LINN ALISNAG 1 GNOOAS 3309 dW3llSuH uv LINN 3H SSdHd HV si 3ndui 941359444 AIN TALISN3Q HV IINITALISN3Q HV dWar3svauv dWar3asvguv lINT3HnSS3ud uv LIND ALISISC YY LINTTdW31 HV AIN TdW3 L IINT3HnsS3Hd Ae dsig Ae dsig 5 Suo 0 395 395 3uiwo aj 395 3uiwo gj 395 3uiwo 395 4 4 A 4 yun wot ssew KIANI LINN Queuiespnr Ajjes yewoyny syun 49430 spun 42410 HUN SSEeW KI
136. KO WHEN THE PROCESS TEMP gt 2007 USE THE Q Made in 2 HEAT RESISTING CABLE AND CABLE GLAND gt 90 C vo Remote type detector Intrinsically safe Ex ic disitaYEwrlo VORTEX FLOWMETER 3G MPa at 38 C C Ex ic IC 16 1 Gc ENCLOSURE IP66 IP67 Yokogawa Electric Corporation TORTS JAPAN A CHARGING HAZARD NORQGAWA MWP PROCESS TEMP 50C lt lt 800 NOTE USE HT VERSION ABOVE 250 C Remote type converter Intrinsically safe Ex ic OJ digite YEWFLO TAG NO VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER STYLE H 3G Ex ic IC T5 T4Ge ENCLOSURE IP68 IP67 40 lt Ta lt HC Ui 32N Ci 352nF Li OmH 9 32V DC FISCO fiel device Yokogawa Electric Corporation N POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN READ IM 1 1 01 YOKOGAWA WHEN THE PROCESS TEMP gt 200 C USE THE O Madein 2 HEAT RESISTING CABLE AND CABLE GLAND gt 900 zo MODEL Specified model code SUFFIX Specified suffix code STYLE Style code SUPPLY Supply voltage OUTPUT Output signal MWP Maximum working pressure PROCESS Process temperature K FACTOR Device specific factor RANGE Specified range NO Upper column Manufacturing serial number 1 Lower column The year and month of protection TAG NO Specified TAG No CE CE marking 03
137. LE Set the output value corresponding to the upper range limit in EU at 10096 of OUT SCALE 1 Each unit is expressed using a 4 digit numeric code Read Table 6 2 and Section 6 5 Integral LCD Indicator Set the output value corresponding to the lower range limit in EU at 096 of OUT SCALE Set the decimal point position in Decimal Point of OUT SCALE FA0203 ai 3 Setting the output mode Example To set the output range to 0 00 to 100 00kg h ACCESS heL parameter Set kg h 1324 1 in Units Index of OUT SCALE Bst Uie Set 100 in EU at 100 of OUT SCALE sensor output valua 2 Indirect Linear output value 3 IndirectSQRT Square root extraction output value 1 IndirectSQRT is not used for the digitalYEWFLO FA0206 ai Set 0 in EU at 0 of OUT SCALE and Set 2 in Decimal Point of OUT SCALE The AI2 block performs the temperature output calculation option MV 2 1 Setting the calibration range 4 Simulation Access the SCALE parameter E Perform simulation of each Al function block by Set the upper range limit in EU at 10096 of setting the desired value and status of the input SCALE S to the block Set the lower range limit in EU at 096 of XD SCALE REMOTE LOOP TEST SWITCH is written to Set the required unit in Unit Index of SIM ENABLE MSG index 1044 parameter of XD SCALE SE the resource block FA0204 ai Example Access the En Disable element of the To measu
138. LOCK gt A5 6 A5 5 Output Process A5 5 1 Status Determination There are the following three output parameters The same criteria for determining the status of the 1 OUT output of the Integrator block are used in common 2 OUT_TRIP for the above three parameters 3 OUT_PTRIP Parameters OUT_TRIP and OUT_PTRIP are used only when is a value from 1 to 4 In case of Integrator block related memory failed the status of OUT OUT_TRIP OUT_PTRIP becomes Bad Device Failure Bad Uncertain GOOD PCT INCL 0 UNCERT_LIM GOOD_LIM 100 PCT_INCL 100x 1 msp of RTotal msp of ATotal msp of RTotal RTotal value that is converted into a short floating point number msp of ATotal ATotal value that is converted into a short floating point number RTotal Integrated value of the absolute values of the increments whose status is bad ATotal Integrated value of the absolute values of the increments regardless of the output status FA0504 ai Figure A5 4 Status of OUT OUT_TRIP and OUT_PTRIP Outputs OUT Value OUT_TRIP Status and OUT_PTRIP Status are determined by the ratio of the Good integrated values to all integrated values which is stored in PCT_INCL 0 to 100 The user must set the threshold value of each status to UNCERT _ LIM and GOOD_LIM The Integrator block determines the status of the output using the three parameters PCT_INCL
139. LS ATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Propagate Fault Temp Converter pag Forward Failure AL 07 Forward Bad Device Failure AL 07 Converter Bad Device Failure Not provided Failure AL 07 Bad Device Failure Default Specie 29 0 Specific STATUS SV Status STATS OPTS Propagate Fault Propagate Fault N Bad Device Failure Ward Active Bad Device Failure Failure a lt PV Status Default Default Bad Non Specific Bad Non Specific lt XD_ERROR gt status opts STATUS OPTS Temp Sensor Propagate Fault Propagate Fault Failure AL 08 Forward Active Forward Active Bad S Fail Bad Sensor Failure Temp Sensor AL 08 Not provided Failure AL 08 lt PV Status gt lt OUT Status gt 2 lt OUT Status gt Bad Sensor Failure Default Default Bad Non Specie 84 Specie Opps OPTS lt SV Status gt Propagate Fault gud Bad Sensor Failure e onward Active Bad Sensor Failure No FB AL 20 Scheduled Not provided AL 20 lt PV Status gt RB in O S Bad Non Specific lt OUT Status gt AL 21 AL 21 Status gt Bad Out of Service Not provided Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service lt PV Status gt TB in O S Mode lt PV Status gt Bad Non Spec
140. ME 0 Percent of the block processing time that is free to process additional blocks Supported only with PID function 26 1026 SHED RCAS 640000 20 s AUTO Time duration at which to give up on computer writes to function block RCas locations Supported only with PID function 27 1027 SHED ROUT 640000 20 s AUTO Time duration at which to give up on computer writes to function block ROut locations Supported only with PID function 28 1028 FAULT STATE 1 Condition set by loss of communication to an output block failure promoted to an output block or a physical contact When fail safe condition is set Then output function blocks will perform their FSAFE actions Supported only with PID function 29 1029 SET FSTATE 1 OFF AUTO Allows the fail safe condition to be manually initiated by selecting Set Supported only with PID function 30 1030 CLR FSTATE 1 OFF AUTO Writing a Clear to this parameter will clear the device fail safe state if the field condition if any has cleared Supported only with PID function 31 1031 NOTIFY 3 Maximum number of unconfirmed notify messages possible 32 1032 NOTIFY 3 AUTO Maximum number of unconfirmed alert notify messages allowed 33 1033 TIME 640000 20 s AUTO The minimum time between retries of alert reports 34 1034 WRITE LOCK 1 Not locked AUTO If set no writes from anywhere are allowed except to clear WRITE Block inputs will continue to be updat
141. Maintenance Info Configuration Soft Revision Configuration Date Configuration Who Configuration Status Configuration Memo 1 Configuration Memo 2 Configuration Memo 3 Configuration Setting Info Other Value Set Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Alert Parameters Block Alarm Unacknowledged State Stamp Subcode Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev Relative Index Grant Deny Grant Deny uery Device AR Standard parameters AR Enhanced parameters 0908 01 06 00 01 10 PID Function Block Menus Block Info Block Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Cascade Input Status Value Process Value Status Value Output Status Value Back Calculation Input Status Value Back Calculation Output Status Value Remote I O Remote Cascade Input Status Value Remote Out Input Status Value Remote Cascade Output Status Value Remote Out Output Status Value Others Feed Forward Value Status Value Tracking Value Status Value Tracking Input Discrete Configuration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Scaling Filter Limits Process Value Scale EU at 100 EU at 0
142. NT LO 4 18 MIN SPAN 19 CAL UNIT 20 SENSOR 21 SENSOR RANGE 22 SENSOR SN 23 SENSOR CAL METHOD 24 SENSOR CAL LOC 25 SENSOR CAL DATE 26 SENSOR CAL WHO 27 LIN TYPE 28 SECONDARY VALUE 29 SECONDARY VALUE UNIT 30 PRIMARY_FTIME 31 VALUE 32 VALUE UNIT 33 LIMSW 1 VALUE D 34 LIMSW 1 TARGET 35 LIMSW 1 SETPOINT LIMSW 1 ACT DIRECTION 37 LIMSW 1 HYSTERESIS 38 LIMSW 1 UNIT 39 LIMSW 2 VALUE D 40 LIMSW 2 TARGET 41 LIMSW 2 SETPOINT LIMSW 2 ACT DIRECTION 43 LIMSW 2 HYSTERESIS 44 LIMSW 2 UNIT 45 ALARM PERFORM 46 ARITHMETIC BLOCK 47 SENSOR STATUS 48 FUNCTION 49 FLUID TYPE X m ss Continued on next page IM 01 06 00 01 lt 5 CONFIGURATION gt 5 10 Relative Index Parameter Mnemonic TEMP_UNIT VIEW 1 VIEW 2 N VIEW 3 1 st VIEW 3 2nd VIEW 3 3 1st 2nd 3rd 3 VIEW_4 VIEW_4 VIEW_4 VIEW_4 4 VIEW 4 5th VIEW_4 6 PROCESS TEMP BASE TEMP DENSITY UNIT PROCESS DENSITY Aj BASE_DENSITY PRESSURE_UNIT PROCESS_PRESSURE BASE_PRESSURE DEVIATION N SECONDARY_FTIME CABLE_LENGTH FIRST_TEMP_COEF SECOND_TEMP_COEF AJAJAJA
143. O LIM 4 6 ERR 2 2 35 UPDATE EVT 7 5 5 36 ALM 8 OUT 5 5 AR VOLUME 2 9 PRE OUT 5 5 FLOW UNIT 10 SCALE 11 38 AR_TEMP_UNIT 2 11 OUT RANGE 11 39 BASE TEMP 4 12 GRANT_DENY 2 40 UE RESSURE_ 2 13 INPUT_OPTS 2 AR BASE 14 IN 5 PRESSURE 15 LO 5 42 AR_DEVIATION 4 16 1 5 AR_DENSITY_ 2 17 2 5 UNIT CHILE Se 19 RANGE 4 20 RANGE LO 4 4 21 BIAS IN 1 4 4g AR _ N 22 GAIN IN 1 4 TEMP COEF 23 5 IN 2 4 m AR FLOW 24 BIAS_IN 2 4 25 IBIAS IN 3 4 48 BA 5 26 BIAS_IN 3 4 AR DENSITY 27 COMP_HI_LIM 4 49 FACTOR UNIT 2 28 COMP_LO_LIM 4 AR_CONFIG_ 29 1 90 SOFT_REV 51 CONFIG DATE 52 AR_CONFIG_WHO 53 AR_CONFIG_ STATUS 54 AR_CONFIG_ VSTRING32 55 AR CONFIG VSTRING16 gg AR_CONFIG_ OSTRING32 AR_CONFIG_ OSTRING2 Total bytes 23 26 53 102 IM 01 06 00 01 lt 5 CONFIGURATION gt 5 14 Table 5 17 View Objects for IT Function Block Table 5 18 Indexes to View Objects for Each Block Relative Parameter VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW Block VIEW 1 VIEW 2 VIEW 3 VIEW 4 Index Mnemonic 1 2 3 4 Resource block 40100 40101 40102 40103 1 ST REV 2 2 2 2 40206 40202 40207 Transducer block 40200
144. ON 17 Change the value of RB Sim Enable Message RB SIM ENABLE MSG or DEVICE n3 turn off the hardware simulation switch Table 12 5 Others Alarm item Alarm No Description Parameter PID Block is in O S mode AL 27 PID in O S Mode Remedy Change the PID Block Mode Target PID MODE BLK Target to Auto or other RS DEVICE_ AL 27 ADT mode STATUS 3 5120 In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode PID in Bypass AL 74 PID Block is in Bypass mode AL 27 RS DEVICE_ Mode AL 74 Remedy Change the value of PID Bypass PID BYPASS to OFF STATUS_3 bit2 IT Block is in O S mode AL 29 IT in O S Mode Remedy Change the IT Block Mode Target Target to Auto or other RS DEVICE_ AL 29 7 STATUS 5 26 In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode IT Block is in Manual mode AL 80 IT in Man Mode RS DEVICE AL 80 AL 80 Change the Block Mode Target IT MODE_BLK Target to Auto or other STATUS 5 bit19 IT Not Scheduled AL 81 IT Block is not scheduled AL 81 RS DEVICE_ AL 81 Remedy Make a schedule of IT Block STATUS_5 bit18 IT Total Backup AL 82 IT Total backup failed Last IT Output Value IT OUT Value could not saved AL 82 RS DEVICE_ Err AL 82 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center STATUS_5 bit17 IT Clock Period IT CLOCK_PER is smaller than IT Period
145. PENDIX 6 2 1 Main Inputs Ifthe status of IN is anything other than good and that of IN is good IN_LO lt RANGE gt The status of IN LO applies IN LO2 RANGE HI Read APPENDIX 6 2 1 Main Inputs The exception is that if RANGE LO RANGE HI the PV status is made Bad Configuration Error The input status irrelevant to the computing equation selected by ARITH TYPE will be ignored and does not affect other statuses The statuses of outputs OUT Status and OUT Status are interpreted as the status of the worst input among the statuses of PV and auxiliary inputs IN 1 2 and IN 3 to which INPUT OPTS has been applied Example If input status and INPUT OPTS has been applied Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 PV Good IN 1 Uncertain IN 2 Bad 3 Bad Handled asa IN 1 it No option INPUT_ uncertain ue IN 2 52 No option IN_3 No option mee 227 OUT Status Good Uncertain Bad IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 6 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK gt A6 7 A6 5 List of the Arithmetic Block Parameters Relative Parameter Write Mode Initial Description Remarks Index Value _ relating to this function block such block tag DD revision and 0 Header Block
146. REV 2 2 41 FF_SCALE 11 TAG_DESC 42 GAIN 4 STRATEGY 2 43 UPDATE EVT ALERT KEY 1 44 BLOCK_ALM MODE BLK 4 45 ALARM SUM 8 8 BLOCK ERR 2 46 ACK OPTION 2 PV 5 47 ALARM HYS 4 SP 5 48 HI HI PRI 1 OUT 5 49 HI HI 4 PV SCALE 50 PRI 1 OUT SCALE 51 4 GRANT_DENY 52 LO PRI 1 CONTROL OPTS 2 53 LO LIM 4 STATUS OPTS 2 54 LO LO PRI 1 IN 5 55 LO LO LIM 4 PV FTIME 4 56 HI PRI 1 BYPASS 57 DV HI LIM 4 CAS IN 5 58 LO PRI 1 SP RATE DN 4 59 LO 4 SP RATE UP 4 60 HI HI ALM SP HI LIM 61 ALM SP LO LIM 62 LO_ALM GAIN 4 63 ALM RESET 4 64 DV HI BAL TIME 4 65 DV LO RATE 4 BKCAL IN 5 Total bytes 43 43 83 104 OUT HI LIM OUT LO LIM BKCAL HYS 4 BKCAL OUT 5 RCAS 5 ROUT 5 SHED OPT 1 RCAS OUT 5 ROUT OUT 5 TRK SCALE 11 TRK IN D 2 39 TRK VAL 5 5 40 VAL 5 IM 01 06 00 01 lt 5 CONFIGURATION gt 5 13 Table 5 16 View Objects for Enhanced Arithmetic AR Block Relative Parameter VIEW_ VIEW_ VIEW_ VIEW_ Relative Parameter VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW Index Mnemonic 1 2 3 4 Index Mnemonic 1 2 3 4 1 8 REV 2 2 2 2 30 BAL_TIME 4 2 DESC 31 4 3 STRATEGY 2 32 GAIN 4 4 ALERT KEY 1 33 OUT HI LIM 4 5 4 4 34 OUT L
147. Reset Process The basic reset process sequence is as follows 1 Snapshot 2 Clearing the integrated values 3 Reset count increment 4 Judging OUT_TRIP and OUT_PTRIP 1 Snapshot Saves the following values in the specified parameters before clearing the integrated values These values will be retained until the next reset is made STOTAL Total SRTOTAL RTotal SSP TOTAL_SP 2 Clearing the integrated values The reset process clears the Total ATotal and RTotal values in the internal registers Total 0 ATotal 0 RTotal 0 3 Reset count increment Each time a reset is made the N RESET parameter will be incremented The high limit is 999 999 and if this limit is exceeded the count returns to 0 4 Judging OUT TRIP and OUT PTRIP OUT TRIP and OUT PTRIP are judged again on the basis of the cleared integrated values Read APPENDIX 5 5 Output Process There are three options relating to a reset i Confirm reset bit 8 of INTEG OPTS ii Carry bit 6 of INTEG_OPTS Generate reset event bit 9 of INTEG _ OPTS i Confirm reset bit 8 of INTEG OPTS If this option is enabled the next reset is rejected until 1 is set to RESET_CONFIRM ii Carry bit 6 of INTEG_OPTS If this option is enabled while INTEG_TYPE is UP_AUTO or DN_AUTO the value exceeding the threshold at a reset will be carried into the next integration If INTEG_TYPE is any setting other than UP_ AUTO or DN AUTO this option is i
148. SW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific Provided ON IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 4 LCD Display AL 06 Alarm Detail Input Circuit Failure AL 06 DI1 Block DI2 Block lt PV_D Status gt 4 TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY_VALUE Uncertain Non Specific TARGET TB s LIMSW SECONDARY_ VALUE Default Bad Non Specific e STATUS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure 2 Default Bad Non Specific e STATUS Propagate Fault Forward Activez Bad Device Failure OUT D Status TARGET TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific TARGET TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Default Bad Non Specific e STATUS Propagate Fault Forward 7 Active Bad Device Failure 52 Default Bad Non Specific e STATUS Propagate Fault Forward 7 Active Bad Device Failure PID Block IT Block AR Block Alarm Reset SW default Provided ON IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 5 LCD Alarm Detail RS Block TR Block Block Al2 Block AI3 Block Alam Reset SW Display default 2 p MES lt PV Status Default Default Bad Non Specific 824 Specific XD ERROR sTaTUS_opTs
149. TEST_RW 38 OPTION 9 DD_RESOURCE 39 WRITE PRI 10 ID 4 40 WRITE ALM 11 DEV TYPE 2 41 ITK VER 12 DEV REV 1 42 SOFT REV 13 00 REV 1 43 SOFT DESC 14 GRANT DENY 2 44 SIM ENABLE MSG 15 HARD TYPES 2 45 DEVICE STATUS 1 4 16 RESTART 46 DEVICE STATUS 2 4 17 FEATURES 2 47 DEVICE STATUS 3 4 18 FEATURE SEL 2 48 DEVICE STATUS 4 4 19 TYPE 1 49 DEVICE STATUS 5 4 20 SEL 2 50 DEVICE STATUS 6 4 21 MIN CYCLE T 4 51 DEVICE STATUS 7 4 22 MEMORY SIZE 2 52 DEVICE STATUS 8 4 23 CYCLE T 4 53 SOFTDWN PROTECT 1 24 FREE SPACE 4 54 SOFTDWN FORMAT 1 25 FREE TIME 4 4 55 SOFTDWN COUNT 2 26 SHED RCAS 4 56 SOFTDWN ACT AREA 1 27 SHED ROUT 4 57 SOFTDWN MOD REV 16 28 FAIL SAFE 1 1 58 SOFTDWN ERROR 2 29 SET FSAFE 30 FSAFE Total bytes 22 30 73 35 IM 01 06 00 01 lt 5 CONFIGURATION gt 5 9 Table 5 12 View Objects for Transducer Block Relative Parameter Mnemonic 1 VIEW 2 peu VIEW VIEW S VIEW S 06 E VENE yd EN 1 ST_REV 2 2 2 DESC 3 STRATEGY 4 ALERT KEY 5 4 6 ERR 2 7 UPDATE EVT 8 _ DIRECTORY 10 TRANSDUCER_TYPE 2 2 11 XD ERROR 1 1 _ DIRECTORY 13 PRIMARY VALUE TYPE 2 14 PRIMARY VALUE 5 45 PRIMARY VALUE RANGE 16 CAL POINT HI 4 17 POI
150. TS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Sensor Failure 2 Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt OUT_D Status gt it TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Sensor Failure 2 Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure Not provided AL 20 No FB Scheduled AL 20 Not provided AL 21 RB in O S Mode AL 21 OUT D Status Bad Out of Service lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service Not provided AL 22 TB in O S Mode AL 22 lt PV_D Status gt Bad Non Specific lt OUT_D Status gt Bad Non Specific Not provided IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 7 LCD AlarmReset Display Alarm Detail DI1 Block DI2 Block PID Block IT Block AR Block SW default in O S AL 23 Mode 2 AL 23 Al2 in O S AL 24 Mode pron AL 24 BLOCK ERR in O S Out of Service AL 25 Mode lt OUT_D Status gt E AL 25 OFF Bad Out of Service BLOCK ERR Bema Out of Service Provided AL 26 Mode AL 26 lt OUT_D Status gt OFF Bad Out of Service IM
151. Tag O S TAG AR execution time Indicates the revision level of the set parameters associated with the Arithmetic 1 ST_REV 0 block If a setting is modified this revision is updated It is used to check for parameter changes etc 2 DESC AUTO _ A universal parameter that stores comments describing tag information 3 STRATEGY AUTO 1 pum parameter intended for use by a high level system to identify function Key information used to identify the location at which an alert has occurred 4 KEY AUTO 1 Generally this parameter is used by high level system to identify specific areas in a plant that are under the control of specific operators to separate necessary alerts only This is one of the universal parameters 5 MODE BLK AUTO A universal parameter representing the operation status of the Arithmetic block It consists of the Actual Target Permit and Normal modes Indicates the error status relating to the Arithmetic block The bit used by this function block is as follows 8 BEER ERR m 0 Bit 1 Block Configuration Error Bit 15 O S mode 7 PV 0 The result of a range extension function is substituted into this When viewed from the computing equation PV is the main input 8 MAN 0 Block output 9 PRE_OUT 0 _ Always indicates the calculation result The value is substituted into OUT in Auto 10 PV SCALE O S mode Indicates PV scaling for making a memo 11 OUT RANGE AUTO Output scaling for the host fo
152. UNIT Default 0 1013 13 BASE_PRESSURE Relative Index 58 Sets the absolute pressure under the standard conditions Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 Unit As selected in PRESSURE_UNIT Default 0 1013 14 DEVIATION Relative Index 59 Sets the deviation factor of the process fluid Setting range 0 001 to 10 0 Default 1 0 nondimensional number 15 SECONDARY_VALUE_FTIME Relative Index 60 Sets the damping factor for temperature measurement for a model with the MV option Setting range 0 to 99 Unit s seconds Default 4 seconds 16 SIZE_SELECT Relative Index 64 Selects the flowmeter size Setting range 1 15 1 2 2 25 1 in 3 40 1 5 4 50 mm 2 5 80 3 6 100 7 150 8 200 mm 8 9 250 10 10 300 mm 12 in 11 400 mm 16 in Default 2 25 1 IM 01 06 00 01 17 K FACTOR UNIT Relative Index 67 Selects the unit of the K factor Setting range 1 p L Default 1 p L 18 K_FACTOR Relative Index 68 Sets the K factor of the combined detector at 15 C Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 Unit As selected in K FACTOR UNIT Default 68 6 19 LOW CUT FLOW Relative Index 69 Sets the low cutoff flow rate level Setting range Minimum flow rate x 0 5 to XD SCALE EU 100 Unit As selected in PRIMARY VALUE RANGE Units Index Default Minimum gas flow rate for the size of
153. Yokogawa devices and those produced by other manufacturers Featuring two Al and two DI function blocks in each the Fieldbus communication type s software enables a flexible instrumentation system to be implemented For information on other features engineering design construction work startup and maintenance of Fieldbus read Fieldbus Technical Information TI 38K03A01 01E 3 2 Internal Structure of digitalYEWFLO Each digitalYEWFLO contains two Virtual Field Devices VFDs that share the following functions 3 2 1 System Network Management VFD Sets node addresses and Physical Device tags PD Tag necessary for communication Controls the execution of function blocks Manages operation parameters and communication resources Virtual Communication Relationship VCR 3 2 2 Function Block VFD 1 Resource RS block Manages the status of digitalYEWFLO hardware Automatically informs the host of any detected faults or other problems 2 Transducer TR block Converts the flow sensor output to the volumetric flow rate signal and transfers to an function block With the option MV Converts temperature sensor output to the process fluid temperature and calculates the fluid density Calculates the mass flow rate from the fluid density thus obtained and the volumetric flow rate obtained with the flow sensor Transfers these calculation results to Al function blocks Transfer
154. a 5 GAS 5 GAS Q o 49 FLUID_TYPE STD Normal 3 STD Nomal Z LIQUID LIQUID Mass or Mass or 4 4 GAS GAS STEAM STEAM Mass Mass 50 TEMPERATURE 7 UNIT 51 PROCESS TEMP v 52 53 DENSITY_UNIT v PROCESS 54 DENSITY v gt 55 BASE DENSITY PRESSURE_ 56 UNIT gt PROCESS 57 PRESSURE d Y d BASE 58 PRESSURE Y id Y 59 DEVIATION FIRST_TEMP_ 62 COEF 63 SECOND_TEMP_ COEF IM 01 06 00 01 2 Explanations of Parameters 1 PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE Relative Index 13 Indicates the type of the measured item represented by PRIMARY_VALUE For the digitalYEWFLO the value of PRIMARY VALUE_TYPE is 100 and 101 as follows 100 Mass flow 101 Volumetric flow 65535 Other Default 101 Volumetric flow 2 PRIMARY_VALUE_FTIME Relative Index 30 Defines the damping time constant for the flow rate to be input to the flow rate calculation Setting range 0 to 99 seconds Default 4 seconds 3 THERMOMETER_FUNCTION Relative Index 48 Determines the use of the temperature monitoring function for a model with the MV option 1 Monitor only 2 Saturated steam 3 Superheat steam 4 Gas STD Normal 5 LIQUID Mass 6 Not use Default 1 Monitor only 4 FLUID_TYPE Relative Index 49 Selects the
155. accordance with ANSI ISA 60079 27 ANSI ISA 60079 25 allows the use of FNICO field device in ic FISCO system 6 The control drawing of the associated apparatus must be followed when installing the flow meter or flow converter The terminator s must be FM approved 8 Dust tight conduit seals must be used when installed in Class II or Class environments 9 WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD FOR INSTALLATION OTHER THAN NONINCENDIVE FIELD WIRING DO NOT DISCONNECT EQUIPMENT WHEN A FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE ATMOSPHERE IS PRESENT 10 WARNING SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR SUITABILITY FOR DIVISION 2 Yokogawa Electric Corporation IM 01 06 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT gt 10 10 10 3 IECEx WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion hazard Avoid any actions that cause the generation of electrostatic charge such as rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of product Technical Data Flameproof Applicable Standard IEC60079 0 2007 10 IEC60079 1 2007 04 Certificate DEK 11 0077X Intrinsically Safe Applicable Standard IEC 60079 0 2011 IEC 60079 11 2011 Certificate IECEx DEK 15 0012X Type of Protection Ex ia 4 1 Ga Integral Type Ex IIC T6 T1 Ga Remote Type Detector Ex ia T4 Ga Remote Type Converter Ambient Temperature 40
156. alculation 32 Saturated steam Temperature Density calculation of Sat Steam Temp 33 Saturated steam Pressure Density calculation of Sat Steam Press 34 Superheat steam Gas Temp Press compensation calculation Deviation factor Fixed 35 Gas temperature pressure Density calculation of S H Steam compensation 36 Liquid temperature compensation Liquid Temp compensation Calculation 37 Gastemperature pressure Gas Temp Press compensation calculation compensation Detail approximating polynomial calculation 0 to 11 38 Liquid temperature compensation Temp Press compensation calculation Detail approximating polynomial calculation 0 to 3 BTU stands for British thermal unit stands for hydrostatic tank gauging 30 BAL TIME AUTO 0 Time taken to return to the set value 31 5 AUTO 0 Bias value used to calculate the output 32 AUTO 1 Gain value used to calculate the output 33 OUT_HI_LIM AUTO INF Maximum output value 34 OUT LO LIM AUTO INF Minimum output value 35 Indicates event information if an update event setting change occurs 36 BLOCK ALM Indicates alarm information if a block alarm occurs AR mesh 37 VOLUMETRIC _ O S 1349 Volumetric flow unit FLOW_UNIT AR_ Ze 38 TEMPERATURE O S Temperature unit 1001 UNIT AR_BASE_ ai 39 TEMPERATURE MAN 0 0 Temperature unit at normal condition AR MPa 40 PRESSURE O S 1132 Pressure unit UNIT
157. an be expressed as OUT BKCAL IN AMVn where AMVn is AMVn scaled based on PV SCALE and OUT SCALE Note MV indicates the PID computation result A8 6 Direction of Control Action The direction of the control action is determined by the Direct Acting setting in CONTROL OPTS Value of Direct Acting Resulting Action True The output increases when the input PV is greater than the setpoint SP False The output decreases when the input PV is greater than the setpoint SP IM 01 06 00 01 A8 5 lt APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK gt A8 7 Control Action Bypass The PID control computation can be bypassed so as to set the SP value in the control output OUT as shown below Setting BYPASS to On bypasses the PID control computation BYPASS CAS_IN RCAS IN SP 8 8 Feed forward Feed forward is an action to add a compensation input signal FF VAL to the output of the PID control computation and is typically used for feed forward control The following figure illustrates the action FF VAL FF SCALE OUT SCALE OUT Setpoint Feed forward FA0804 ai PID computation 0805 A8 9 Block Modes The block mode is set in the parameter MODE _ BLK MODE Target Stipulates the target mode to which the BLK PID block transfers Actual Indicates the current mode of the PID block Permitted Stipulates all the modes that the PID block
158. ange the TB Block Mode Target TB MODE BLK Target to Auto mode STATUS 3 bit25 Block is in O S mode AL 23 in O S Mode ro Change the Block Mode Target AI1 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other RS DEVICE In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode STATUS 3 bit24 in Man Mode Block is in Manual mode AL 62 RS DEVICE AL 62 AL 62 DM Change the Block Mode Target AI1 MODE BLK Target to Auto or other STATUS 3 bita Block is in simulation mode AL 63 Simulation RS DEVICE_ Active AL 63 AL 63 Change the Simulation Enable Disable Al1 SIMULATE_ENABLE to STATUS 3 bit17 4 Block is not scheduled AL 64 RS DEVICE_ AL 64 Remedy Make a schedule of AI1 Block STATUS_ 3 bit16 Table A12 4 Configuration Optional Alarm item AI2 in O S Mode AL 24 Alarm No AL 24 Description Al2 Block is in O S mode AL 24 Remedy Change the AI2 Block Mode Target Al2 MODE_BLK Target to Auto or other mode In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE_BLK Actual is set to Auto mode Parameter RS DEVICE_ STATUS 3 bit23 Al2 Man Mode AI2 Block is in Manual mode AL 65 RS DEVICE AL 70 AL 65 AL 65 Change the AI2 Block Mode Target Al2 MODE_BLK Target to Auto or other STATUS 3 514
159. annel 5 128 0x80 6 channel 6 128 0x80 7 channel 7 128 0x80 8 channel 8 128 0x80 372 PLME BASIC INFO 0 R 1 InterfaceMode 0 0 0 2 LoopBackMode 0 0 0 3 XmitEnabled 1 0 1 4 RcvEnabled 1 0 1 5 PreferredReceiveChannel 1 0 1 6 MediaTypeSelected 73 0x49 7 ReceiveSelect 1 0 1 373 LINK SCHEDULE ACTIVATION VARIABLE RW 374 LINK 0 R anaes rier 6 1 NumOfSchedules 0 RECORD 2 NumOfSubSchedulesPerSchedule 1 3 ActiveScheduleVersion 0 4 ActiveSheduleOdIndex 0 5 ActiveScheduleStartingTime 0 375 DLME SCHEDULE 0 R DESCRIPTOR 1 1 Version 0 2 MacrocycleDuration 0 3 TimeResolution 0 376 DLME SCHEDULE 10 R DESCRIPTOR 2 1 Version 0 2 MacrocycleDuration 0 3 TimeResolution 377 DOMAIN 1 Read write impossible Get OD possible 378 DOMAIN 2 Read write impossible Get OD possible 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS gt 7 6 7 5 2 Descriptions for LM Parameters The following describes LM parameters of digitalYEWFLO NOTE Do not turn off the power to the digitalYEWFLO for 60 seconds after making a change to its parameter settings 1 DimeLinkMasterCapabilitiesVariable Bit Position Meaning Description Value LAS Whether the LAS schedule can B3 0x04 Schedule in 7 1 or cannot 0 be saved to 1 Non volatile the non volatile memory Memory Last Values Whether to support 1 or not to B2 0x02 Record support 0 LastValuesRecord 0 Supporte
160. anskankielisina Mik li tarvitsette Ex tyyppisten tuotteiden ohjeita omalla paikallisella kielell nnne ottakaa yhteytt l himp n Yokogawa toimistoon tai edustajaan Todos os manuais de instru es referentes aos produtos Ex da ATEX est o dispon veis em Ingl s Alem o e Franc s Se necessitar de instru es na sua l ngua relacionadas com produtos Ex dever entrar em contacto com a delega o mais pr xima ou com um representante da Yokogawa Tous les manuels d instruction des produits ATEX Ex sont disponibles en langue anglaise allemande et francaise Si vous n cessitez des instructions relatives aux produits Ex dans votre langue veuillez bien contacter votre repr sentant Yokogawa le plus proche Alle Betriebsanleitungen f r ATEX Ex bezogene Produkte stehen in den Sprachen Englisch Deutsch und Franz sisch zur Verf gung Sollten Sie die Betriebsanleitungen f r Ex Produkte in Ihrer Landessprache ben tigen setzen Sie sich bitte mit Ihrem rtlichen Yokogawa Vertreter in Verbindung Alla instruktionsb cker f r ATEX Ex explosionssakra produkter ar tillg ngliga pa engelska tyska och franska Om Ni beh ver instruktioner for dessa explosionss kra produkter sprak skall Ni kontakta Yokogawakontor eller representant eyxerpidia Aevtovpyias rov pe ATEX Ex Peppovuce Tak Xe
161. at are attached to the host Field devices Connect your Fieldbus communication type digitalY EWFLO to a fieldbus Two or more digitalY EWFLOSs and other field devices can be connected For the terminal assignment on the digitalY EWFLO read Table 4 1 Table 4 1 Terminal Connection for digitalYEWFLO Terminal Symbols SUPPLY SUPPLY Description Fieldbus Communication Signal Terminals Grounding Terminal Host Used for accessing field devices A dedicated host such as DCS is used for an instrumentation line while dedicated communication tools are used for experimental purposes For operation of the host read the instruction manual for each host No other details on the host are given in this manual Cable Used for connecting devices Read Fieldbus Technical Information 38K03A01 01E for details of instrumentation cabling For laboratory or other experimental use a twisted pair cable two to three meters in length with a cross section of 0 9 or more and a cycle period of within 5 cm 2 inches may be used Termination processing depends on the type of device being deployed For the digitalYEWFLO use terminal lugs applicable to M4 screw terminals Some hosts require a connector Read Yokogawa when making arrangements to purchase the recommended equipment Connect the devices as shown in Figure 4 1 Connect the terminators at both ends of the trunk with a minim
162. ating polynomial calculation O to 11 or Density ratio Flow unit Volumetric flow rate at normal condition calculated from density at normal condition 38 Liquid temp comp Detail Liquid temperature and pressure compensation calculation approximating polynomial calculation func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Liquid density at operating condition calculated from approximating polynomial calculation O to 3 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 6 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK gt A6 5 A6 3 3 Compensated Values In computing equations 1 to 5 in APPENDIX 6 3 1 Computing Equations and 32 to 38 in APPENDIX 6 3 2 Enhanced Computing Equations the value f is restricted by the COMP __ or COMP_LO_LIM parameter In this case the value f is treated as follows Calculation formura 1 to 5 Iff gt COMP f COMP HI LIM Iff lt LO LO LIM Calculation formura 32 to 38 If Correction value COMP HI LIM Correction value COMP If Correction value COMP LO LIM Correction value COMP LO LIM A6 3 4 Average Calculation In computing equation 6 in APPENDIX 6 3 1 Computing Equations the average of input value is calculated Here it is necessary to obtain the number of inputs N For this determination is made to see if the sub status of each input is Not Connected Note that the main inputs may be accepted if IN
163. ation must be in accordance with the National Electric Code NFPA70 ANSI ISA RP12 06 01 and relevant local codes The associated apparatus must be FM approved Control equipment connected to the associated apparatus must not use or generate more than 250 V a c r m s or d c In case of entity concept installations the associated apparatus must be a linear source which meets the following conditions Voc or Uo lt Vmax or Ui Isc or 10 lt Imax or Ii Po lt Pmax or Pi or lt Ci Ceable or Lo lt Li Leable FISCO installation must be in accordance with ANSI ISA 60079 25 or ANSI ISA 60079 27 The control drawing of the associated apparatus must be followed when installing the flow meter or flow converter The terminator s must be FM approved The dielectric strength of at least 500 V a c r m s between the intrinsically safe circuits and the enclosure of the flow meter or the converter is limited only by the overvoltage protection Dust tight conduit seals must be used when installed in Class II or Class environments Precautions shall be taken to minimize the risk from electrostatic discharge of painted parts of the enclosure WARNING POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD SEE USER S MANUAL WARNING IN THE CASE WHERE THE ENCLOSURE OF THE VORTEX FLOW METER AND CONVERTER ARE MADE OF ALUMINUM IF IT IS MOUNTED IN ZONE 0 IT MUST BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT EVEN IN THE EVENT OF RARE
164. ause unit information is not input to the Integrator block as an input value the user must input in advance tuned values to the TIME UNIT1 2 and UNIT CONV parameters Converts the unit into that based on seconds TIME UNIT1 input 1 min 60 gt x block execution time kg hour hour 3600 kg s day 86400 Standardizes the unit of IN IN_2 to that of IN_1 Because Ib s is converted into kg s in this example the input Converts the unit into 2 value is multiplied by 0 453 that based on seconds 1 Ib 0 453 kg TIME_UNIT2 gt input2 1 UNIT CONV min 60 gt x conversion factor a x block execution time Ib min hour 3600 Ib s Conversion factor kg s Ib pounds day 86400 0 453 in this example Figure A5 2 Increment Calculation with Rate Input increment1 kg increment2 kg 0502 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK gt A5 3 A5 2 3 Converting Accumulation This following describes an example of accumulation conversion In accumulation conversion the difference between the value executed previously and the value executed this time is integrated or accumulated This conversion applies when the output of a function block used as a counter is input to the input process of the Integrator block In order to convert the rate of change of an input to a value with an engineering unit the
165. be set as a multiple of 1 32 ms 0 0 ms 277 SM FB_START_ENTRY 2 Starttime of the PID block optional represented as the elapsed time from the start of each macrocycle to be set as a multiple of 1 32 ms 9600 300 ms 278 SM FB_START_ENTRY 3 to Not set to FB START ENTRY 14 289 SM 276 SM FB_START_ENTRY 1 Amaximum of 29 ms is taken for execution of each Al block Arrange the communication schedule for an Al block s data that is to be transferred to its downstream block in such a way that it starts after a lapse of longer than 30 ms Figure 5 3 shows typical function block and communication schedules for the loop shown in Figure 5 2 digital YEWFLO 1 FC100 F0502 ai Figure 52 Example of Loop Connecting Function Blocks of Two digitalYEWFLOs with Other Devices Macrocycle Control Period FC200 BKCAL_IN 1200 Function Block Schedule BKCAL_OUT FIC200 IN OUT BKCAL_IN BKCAL_OUT Unscheduled Communication Scheduled Communication F0503 ai Commu nication Schedule Function Block Schedule and Communication Schedule Figure 5 3 When the control period macrocycle is set to more than 4 seconds set the following interval to be more than 196 of the control period nterval between end of block execution and start of sending CD from LAS nterval between end of block execution and start of t
166. bination of option code HT and MV and outer pressure sensor are used Accuracy of Reading Notes Mass Flow m Fluid m Reference condition for Mass Flow Flow ote 1 Note Pressure Accuracy Saturated Density computing by temperature steam Temperature range using standard steam table 5 Temperature 100 to 250 C MV 3 2 Temperature 100 to 330 C HT MV IF97 International Associaton for the base Properties of Water and Steam Saturated 2 0 Density computing by pressure using steam Flow calcd PIGSSUNS Pressure range 0 1MPa to flange rating standard steam table IAPWS IF97 Pressure 35m s or i Pressure accuracy 0 2 International Associaton for the base 2 5 Properties of Water and Steam Flow velocity Pressure condition 35m s to 80m s Aasaa es 2 flange rating Density computing by temperature and Superheated Temperature Temperature dition pressure using standard steam table steam and Pressure erat re rande IAPWS IF97 International Associaton p eens ae for the Properties of Water and Steam 100 to 400 C HT MV Temperature Accuracy is changed by fluctuating Temperature pressure compensation General gas Not fixed and deviation factor temperature computing using gas equation Boyle pressure condition Charles s at fixed deviation factor Accuracy is changed by setting
167. bject is not open 0x00001000 Link Obj 4 20 36 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00000800 Link Obj 5 21 37 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00000400 Link Obj 6 22 38 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00000200 Link Obj 7 23 39 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00000100 Link Obj 8 24 40 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00000080 Link Obj 9 25 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000040 Link Obj 10 26 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000020 Link Obj 11 27 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000010 Link Obj 12 28 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000008 Link Obj 13 29 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000004 Link Obj 14 30 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000002 Link Obj 15 31 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000001 Link Obj 16 32 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open Table 8 2 Contents of DEVICE STATUS 2 Index 1046 Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0x00000040 Temp sensor failure AL 08 The temperature sensor is faulty 0x00000020 Temp converter failure AL 07 The temperature circuit in the amplifier is faulty 0x00000010 circuit failure AL 06 The input circuit is in the amplifier is faulty 0x00000008 Flow sensor failure AL 0
168. c Parameters Block Block Automatic Y Y Y Y This section describes the procedure taken to Auto i Ld 27 Hid set and change the parameters for each block Manual Yes Yes Obtaining access to each parameter differs Man i i Out of depending on the configuration system used Service Yes Yes Yes Yes For details read the instruction manual for each O S configuration system Access the block mode MODE BLK of each block Set the Target Note 1 of block mode MODE to Auto Man O S Note 2 according to the Write Mode Note 3 of the parameter to be set or changed Access the parameter to be set or changed Make setting or change in accordance with each parameter Set the Target of block mode back to Auto Note 2 FA0201 ai IMPORTANT Do not turn the power OFF immediately after parameter setting When the parameters are saved to the EEPROM the redundant processing is executed for the improvement of reliability If the power is turned OFF within 60 seconds after setting of parameters changed parameters are not saved and may return to their original values Note 1 Block mode consists of the following four modes that are controlled by the universal parameter that displays the running condition of each block Target Sets the operating condition of the block Actual Indicates the current operating condition Permit Indicates the operating condition that the block is all
169. c parameter value in the block is changed 2 2002 TAG DESC Spaces AUTO The user description of the intended application of the block 3 2003 STRATEGY 1 AUTO The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block 4 2004 ALERT KEY 1 AUTO The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc 5 2005 MODE BLK AUTO AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block 6 2006 BLOCK ERR 0 This parameter reflects the error status The factors of digitalYEWFLO TR Block are Error of TB block TR block is on O S mode 7 2007 UPDATE EVT This alert is generated by any change to the static data 8 2008 BLOCK ALM The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute 9 2009 TRANSDUCER 1 2010 A directory that specifies the number and starting indices DIRECTORY of the device 10 2010 TRANSDUCER Standard Flow with Identifies the device type which is Standard Flow with TYPE Calibration 104 Calibration for the digitalYEWFLO 11 2011 XD ERROR 0 No Error Indicates the error code of the error of the highest priority from among the errors currently occurring in the transducer block 12 2
170. can enter The PID block is prohibited to enter any mode other than those set in this element Normal Stipulates the mode in which the PID block normally resides There are eight modes for a PID block as shown below Block Description Mode ROut Remote output mode in which the PID block outputs the value set in ROUT IN RCas Remote cascade mode in which the PID block carries out the PID control computation based on the setpoint SP set via the remote cascade connection such as from a computer and outputs the computed result Cas Cascade mode in which the PID block carries out the PID control computation based on the setpoint SP set from another fieldbus function block and outputs the computed result Auto The PID block carries out automatic control and outputs the result computed by the PID control computation Man Manual mode in which the PID block outputs the value set by the user manually LO The PID block outputs the value set in TRK VAL IMan Initialization and manual mode in which the control action is suspended The PID block enters this mode when the specified condition is met Read APPENDIX 8 14 Initialization and Manual Fallback O S Out of service mode in which neither the control computation nor action is carried out and the output is kept at the value that was output before the PID block entered into O S mode 01 0
171. cheduler that can control communications on H1 fieldbus segment There is only one LAS on an H1 fieldbus segment A digitalYEWFLO supports the following LAS functions Identifies a fieldbus device newly connected to the same fieldbus segment PN is short for Probe Node Passes a token governing the right to transmit to a fieldbus device on the same segment PT is short for Pass Token 1 PN transmission 2 PT transmission Carry out a scheduled transmission to a fieldbus device on the same segment CD is short for 3 CD transmission Compel Data Periodically transmits the time data to all fieldbus devices on the segment and returns the time data in response to a request from a device 5 Live list equalization Sends the live list data to link masters on the same segment 4 Time synchronization 6 transfer Transfers the right to be the LAS on the segment to another link master A7 2 Link Master A link master LM is any device containing a link active scheduler There must be at least one LM on a segment When the LAS on a segment has failed another LM on the same segment starts working as the LAS LM There are 3 LMs on this segment Node address 0x14 SlotTime 5 LM LM Basic device Basic device Basic device Basic device Node address Node address Node address Node address Node address Node address 0x15 0x16 OxF1 OxF2 OxF3 OxF4 SlotTime 5 SlotTime 5
172. ction AR VOLUMETRIC FLOW UNIT m s 1347 m min 1348 m h 1349 1350 L s 1351 L min 1352 L h 1353 Lid 1354 CFS 1356 1357 1358 ft d 1359 gal s 1362 1363 gal h 1364 gal d 1365 ImpGal s 1367 ImpGal min 1368 ImpGal h 1369 ImpGal d 1370 bbl s 1371 bbl min 1372 1373 bbl d 1374 Setto OUT RANGE Units Index units of output Selectable units Mass flow rate units kg s kg min kg h t s t min t h Volumetric flow rate units Nm s Nm min Nm h NL s NL min NL h If the gas pressure temperature correction calculation units of all of the above can be set Otherwise it can only be set in mass flow units Also set the output range 100 0 the 100 to EU 0 If you are using a temperature input set the AR TEMP UNIT the temperature unit Selectable units TEMPERATURE UNIT 1000 1001 F 1002 f you use a pressure input set the AR PRESSURE UNIT the pressure unit electable units O AR_PRESSURE_UNIT Pa 1130 Gpa 1131 Mpa 1132 kPa 1133 mpa 1134 upa 1135 hPa 1136 bar 1137 mbar 1138 torr 1139 atm 1140 psi 1141 gfcm2 1144 kg cm 1145 inH O 1146 inH O 4 C 1147 inH O 68 F 1148 mmH O 1149 mmH O 4 C 1150 mmH O 68 F 1151 ftH O 1152 4 C 1153 ftH O 68 F 1154 inHg 1155 inHg 0 C 1156 mm
173. cts are available in English German and French Should you require Ex related instructions in your local language you are to contact your nearest Yokogawa office or representative Alle brugervejledninger for produkter relateret til ATEX Ex er tilg ngelige engelsk tysk og fransk Skulle De nske yderligere oplysninger om h ndtering af Ex produkter p eget sprog kan De rette henvendelse herom til den n rmeste Yokogawa afdeling eller forhandler Tutti i manuali operativi di prodotti ATEX contrassegnati con Ex sono disponibili in inglese tedesco e francese Se si desidera ricevere i manuali operativi di prodotti Ex in lingua locale mettersi in contatto con l ufficio Yokogawa pi vicino o con un rappresentante Todos los manuales de instrucciones para los productos antiexplosivos de ATEX est n disponibles en ingl s alem n y franc s Si desea solicitar las instrucciones de estos art culos antiexplosivos en su idioma local deber ponerse en contacto con la oficina o el representante de Yokogawa m s cercano Alle handleidingen voor producten die te maken hebben met ATEX explosiebeveiliging Ex zijn verkrijgbaar in het Engels Duits en Frans Neem indien u aanwijzingen op het gebied van explosiebeveiliging nodig hebt in uw eigen taal contact op met de dichtstbijzijnde vestiging van Yokogawa of met een vertegenwoordiger Kaikkien ATEX Ex tyyppisten tuotteiden k ytt hjeet ovat saatavilla englannin saksan ja r
174. d Link Master Whether to support 7 1 or not Statistics Ito support 0 Record DImeLinkMasterStatisticsRecord Supported B1 0x01 2 DImeLinkMasterlnfoRecord nde Element De aaa 1 MaxSchedulingOverhead 1 V MSO 2 DefMinTokenDelegTime 2 V DMDT 3 DeffokenHoldTime 2 V DTHT 4 2 V TTRT 5 LinkMaintTokHoldTime 2 V LTHT 6 TimeDistributionPeriod 4 V TDP 7 MaximumlnactivityToClaimLasDelay 2 V MICD 8 LasDatabaseStatusSpduDistributionPeriod 2 V LDDP 3 PrimaryLinkMasterFlagVariable Explicitly declares the LAS Writing true OxFF to this parameter in a device causes that device to attempt to become the LAS However a request of writing true to this parameter in a device is rejected if the value of the same parameter in any other device that has a smaller node address within the same segment is true 4 LiveListStatusArrayVariable A 32 byte variable in which each bit represents the status of whether a device on the same segment is live or not The leading bit corresponds to the device address 0x00 and final bit to OxFF The value of LiveListStatusArrayVariable in the case where devices having the addresses 0x10 and 0x15 in the fieldbus segment is shown below 0x00 00 84 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Bit correspondences 00000000000
175. de address number A 40 Revised a Node address numbers and Figure A6 3 A 42 Revised a description of Default Factory Setting of Index number 367 5th August 2008 3 1 Addition and revision to 3 2 2 2 3 2 Added A13 AR and IT blocks into Figure 3 1 4 2 Added DEVICE INFORMATION 4 3 Revision of 4 4 5 6 Revision of 5 6 4 5 7 Addition into Table 5 11 5 9 Addition into Table 5 12 5 11 Addition into Table 5 16 6 1 Correction of 6 1 6 2 Addition into 6 3 6 3 6 4 Correction of 5 8 15 17 20 21 6 5 6 6 Addition and revision to 6 4 6 7 Addition and revision to 6 5 7 2 Revision of Table 7 1 8 1 to 8 3 Addition and revision to 8 9 1 to 9 5 Addition and revision to 9 A 1 to 39 Addition and revision to Appendix 1 to 3 A 41 to A 60 Addition Appendix 5 and 6 A 71 Revision A 80 to A 88 Added notes A 89 to A 96 Added Appendix 10 A 98 A 99 Revision A 99 Revision of A11 5 A 105 Revision of Appendix 12 6th August 2012 9 3 9 4 Revision for Explosion proof 10 1 10 2 10 4 10 5 Revision for Explosion proof 10 6 Correction 10 11 10 12 Added IECEx 10 13 Revision for Explosion proof IM 01 06 00 01 Edition Data Page Revised Item 7th October 2013 Cover Addition of logos Contents Correction 1 1 to 1 4 Revision of Chapter 1 2 1 Correction of Chapter 2 3 1 to 3 2 Correction of Section 3 1 to 3 3 4 1
176. e AL 08 Remedy Contact the nearest office or service center STATUS 2 bit6 Table A12 2 Transducer Status Vibration AL 51 Alarm item Alarm Description Parameter Flow Rate Over AL 41 Flow rate is over the range AL 41 RS DEVICE Range AL 41 Remedy This case is out of specifications Check the process flow STATUS 4 bit7 E AL 42 The flow rate span setting exceeds the range limit AL 42 RS DEVICE_ AL 42 Remedy Check the TB and parameters STATUS 4 bit6 Temperature is over the range AL 43 ES AL 43 Regulated in the upper or lower limit value 2 9 Remedy This case is out of specifications Check the process temperature The transient vibration makes the current flow rate output constant AL 51 Transient AL 51 Remedy Check the pipeline condition When this alarm occurs several time contact the RS DEVISE nearest office or service center STATUS 4 bit3 The high vibration makes the current flow rate output zero AL 52 Range AL 61 High Vibration AL 52 Remedy In case of outputting the current flow rate Change the value of High vibration RS DEVICE AL 52 output select in TB Alarm Perform TB ALARM PERFORM to ON When this alarm STATUS 4 bit2 occurs several time contact the nearest office or service center E The shedder bar is clogged with a material AL 53 RS DEVICE_ Clogging AL 53 AL 53 Remedy Remove a material according to device manual
177. e ID 5945430009XXXXXXXX PD Tag XXXXXX Device Revision X Node Address 0xXX Serial No XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Physical Location Note Our Device Description Files and Capabilities Files available at http www yokogawa com fld English DEVICE INFORMATION Device ID 5945430009XXXXXXXX PD XXXXXX Device Revision X Node Address 0xXX Serial No XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Physical Location Note Our Device Description Files and Capabilities Files available at http www yokogawa com fid English http Avww yokogawa co jp fid Japanese F0403 ai Device Information Sheet Attached to digitalYEWFLO Figure 4 3 IM 01 06 00 01 Unless otherwise specified the following settings are in effect when shipped from the factory If digitalYEWFLO is detected check the available address range If the node address and PD Tag are not specified when ordering default value is factory set If two or more digitalYEWFLOs are connected at a time with default value only one digitalYEWFLO will be detected from host as digitalYEWFLOs have the same initial address Connect the digitalYEWFL Os by one and set a unique address for each 4 4 Integration of DD If the host supports DD Device Description the DD of the digitalYEWFLO needs to be installed Check if host has the following directory under its default DD directory 594543 the manufacturer number of Yokogawa Electric
178. e PRIMARY VALUE FTIME This setup is used for zeroing flow rate readings in low flow rate area The value of LOW _ CUT FLOW the cutoff level is set in the same unit as that for PRIMARY VALUE RANGE In comparison the setting of parameter LOW in an Al function block works as a low cutoff level setting for the block s OUT As the low cutoff feature of the flowmeter itself it is advisable to use LOW CUT FLOW Simulation setup SIMULATE of AI DI block Simulation of each AI DI block can be performed in such a way that the value and status of the input to the block can be set arbitrarily Use this function for loop checks or the like Read Section 7 3 Simulation Function LOD display setup UPPER DISPLAY MODE LOWER DISPLAY MODE and DISPLAY CYCLE of TR block Set the units of data to be displayed on the LCD and the display refresh cycle Adjust DISPLAY _ CYCLE to improve legibility such as when used in a low temperature environment causing hard to read indications Calibration range change CAL POINT HI and CAL POINT LO of TR block Set the 0 and 100 points for calibrations i e the calibration range The output can be calibrated precisely to the output of a user s reference device 01 06 00 01 lt 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS gt A2 2 A2 2 Setting and Change of Transducer Resource Function Block Block Function Basi
179. eam density calculated from t 1 temp input Temperature range 100 to 330 33 Saturated steam Pressure Saturated steam density calculation by pressure based on IAPWS IF97 func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Saturated steam density calculated from t 2 Press input Pressure range 0 101417978 to 12 85752189 MPa 34 Superheat steam Superheat steam density calculation based on IAPWS IF97 func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Superheat steam density calculated from t 1 Temp input and t 2 Press input Temperature range 100 to 330 Pressure range 0 101417978 to 12 85752189 MPa 35 Gas temp pressure comp Simple Gas temperature and pressure compensation calculation Deviation factor Fixed based on Boyle Charle s law func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Gas density ratio p p calculated from t 1 Temp input and t 2 Press input or density at operating condition p 36 Liquid temp comp Simple Liquid temperature compensation calculation based on API JIS 2249 func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Liquid density at operating condition calculated from t 1 Temp input 37 Gas temp pressure comp Detail Gas temperature and pressure compensation calculation approximating polynomial calculation O to 11 func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Gas density Flow unit Mass flow rate at operating condition calculated from approxim
180. ecified range NO Manufacturing serial number TAG NO Specified TAG No 1 The product producing country epum E G Class Ill For Class Division 2 location Corporation POTENTIAL HMONG RAZAO OPENING D FACTORY SEALED CONDUIT SEAL NOT YH REQUIRED Integral type Intrinsically safe Enclosure Type 4X w m TEE Temperature Code Integral Type and Remote Type Detector poor NEA Temperature Code Process Temperature Yokogawa Electric tion A CHARGING HAZARD lt OKO T6 lt 85 5 lt 100 Remote type detector Intrinsically safe 5 T4 lt 135 C T3 e PROCESS TEMP ER qe TS Go 2 lt 300 T1 lt 450 ration Ae CHARGING HAZARD R intansiczli f Temperature Code T6 Remote Type Converter Remote type converter Intrinsically safe Ambient Temperature 50 to 60 C sana M Power Supply 9 to 32 Integral and oa EP Rare Remote Type Converter Yokogawa Electric Saraton N POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD Output Sig nal Remote Type Detector READ IM O1F06A01 01 YOKOGAWA aO Output Signal 30Vp p 100pAp p Input Output signal Remote Type Converter Input Signal 30Vp p 100pAp p Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female 01 06
181. ecrease ofthe SP value at each execution period period of execution in the Block Header is limited to the value of SP RATE DOWN A8 11 2 When PID Block is in CAS or RCAS Mode By selecting Obey SP Limits if Cas or RCas in CONTROL OPTS Read APPENDIX 8 13 Measured value Tracking the setpoint high low limits can be put into force also when the value of MODE_BLK is CAS or RCAS 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK gt A8 7 A8 12 External output Tracking External tracking is an action of outputting the value of the remote output TRK_VAL set from outside the PID block as illustrated in the figure below External tracking is performed when the block mode is LO TRK_VAL TRK_SCALE OUT_SCALE PID control I Q a computation result Foo gt OUT LO mode FA0806 EPS To change the block mode to LO 1 Select Track Enable in CONTROL_OPTS 2 Set TRK_IN_D to true However to change the block mode from MAN to LO Track in Manual must also be specified in CONTROL_OPTS A8 13 Measured value Tracking Measured value tracking also referred to as SP PV tracking is an action to equalize the setpoint SP to the measured value PV when the block mode MODE BLK actual is MAN in order to prevent a sudden change in control output from being caused by a mode change to AUTO While a cascade primary control block is performing the automatic or cascade control in the AUTO or CAS mode when the mode of i
182. ed 1 Not locked 2 Locked 35 1035 EVT This alert is generated by any change to the static data 36 1036 BLOCK ALM The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed 37 1037 ALARM SUM The current alert status unacknowledged states unreported states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block 38 1038 OPTION Oxffff AUTO 39 1039 WRITE PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the alarm generated by clearing the write lock 0 1 3to 15 40 1040 WRITE ALM This alert is generated if the write lock parameter is cleared 41 1041 VER 5 Version number of interoperability test by Fieldbus Foundation applied to digitalYEWFLO 42 1042 SOFT REV digitalYEWFLO software revision number IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 1 LIST PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO gt A1 3 Relative Write index Index Parameter Name Factory Default Mode Explanation 43 1043 SOFT_DESC
183. endix 11 2 to 11 4 A11 4 Correction of Appendix 11 8 12 1 toA12 5 Revision of Appendix 12 8th July 2015 9 1 Revision of EMC Conformity Standards 9 2 to 10 14 Including Manual Change No 14 013 V E 9th November 2015 Whole Change from refer to to read 9 2 Revision of Electrical Specifications 9 4 to 9 6 Revision of Section 9 3 10 1 to 10 16 Revision of Chapter 10 IM 01 06 00 01
184. er it is possible to display whether or not the hardware status and configuration are normal as the result of self diagnosis performed by an FF H1 device Read IM 33Y05Q10 11E The following figure shows an example of the DeviceViewer window displayed for the digitalYEWFLO module Refresh button Stop button If several alarms were generated Set Refresh Period button the items are displayed in sequential cycles DeviceViewe FT1003 Device Path Built in Connection Device Tag FT1003 tion Trend Information Alarm Display Diagnostic Parameter List gt Module Failure 1 AL 01 COM Circuit Failure 1 AL 02 COM Circuit Failure 2 4L 03 Module Failure 2 41 04 Flow Sensor Failure AL 05 Input Circuit Failure AL 06 Temp Converter Failure AL 07 Temp Sensor Failure AL 08 6066060960 Flow Rate Over Range AL 41 e Flow Span Exceed Limit amp L 42 e Temp Over Range 41 43 Q Transient Vibration AL51 High Vibration AL 52 Clogging 6153 Parameter List Title Parameter Name Value Unit Quality Output of AI AID1 0UT 0 000000 Not Defined Bad Out of Ser Output of AIT AIDT TOTAL 0 000000 Not Defined Output of Al2 Al02 0UT 0 000000 degC Bad Non specif Output of IT 1T01 0UT 0 000000 Not Defined Bad Non specit Output of AR ARO1 OUT 0 000000 Not Defined Bad Non specit Ready FA1201 ai 01 06 00 01 lt APP
185. ervice d in rovide Mode AL 27 OFF lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service AI3 O S Provided HERES Mode AL 28 OFF BLOCK ERR AL 29 5 Mode Out of Service Provided AL 29 lt OUTStatus gt OFF Bad Out of Service lt BLOCK_ERR gt AL 30 AR in O S Out of Service Provided Mode AL 30 lt OUT Status gt OFF Bad Out of Service lt PV_D Status gt TARGET TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific Flow Rate Over Not provided Range AL 41 oUT p status TARGET TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific lt PV_D Status gt TARGET TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Flow Span Uncertain Non Specific AL 42 Exceed Limit Not provided AL 42 lt OUT_D Status gt TARGET TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific lt PV_D Status gt 1 TARGET TB s LIMSW SECONDARY_VALUE Uncertain Non Specific 2 Uncertain Non Specific AL 43 Not provided Range AL 43 lt QUT_D Status gt 1 TARGET TB s LIMSW SECONDARY_VALUE Uncertain Non Specific 2 Uncertain Non Specific lt PV_D Status gt TARGET TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE ransien wn Uncertain Non Specific i AL 51 Vibration AL Provided 51 lt OUT_D Status gt OFF OFF TARGET TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific lt PV_D Status gt TARGET TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE AL 52 High Vibration Uncertain No
186. executed Allows you to select a status related option TE SIATUS 0 The Integrator block uses Uncertain if Man mode only 12 IN 1 0 0 AUTO Inputs flow Rate Accum signals from the Al block or PI block 13 2 0 0 AUTO Value output parameter informing the user that the integrated value has exceeded TE OUT TRIP 0 AUTO the setpoint 15 OUT PTRIP 0 Value output parameter informing the user that the integrated value is reaching the AUTO setpoint 16 TIME UNIT1 sec 1 MAN Set the time unit of the Rate kg s kg min kg h etc of the corresponding IN 17 UNIT2 sec 1 MAN 18 UNIT CONV 10 AUTO 11 the unit conversion factor for standardizing the unit of 2 into that of 19 PULSE VAL1 1 0 MAN Set the factor for converting the number of pulses for the corresponding IN into an 20 PULSE VAL2 1 0 MAN _ appropriate engineering unit 21 REV 1 0 AUTO _ Selector switch used to specify the fluid flow direction forward reverse with 22 REV_FLOW2 0 AUTO respect to the corresponding IN 23 IN 0 AUTO The parameter that receives a reset request from an external block to reset the integrated values 24 STOTAL 0 0 Indicates the snapshot of OUT just before a reset 25 RTOTAL 0 0 MAN Indicates the integrated value of the absolute values of the increments if the input status is Bad 26 SRTOTAL 0 0 Indicates the snapshot of RTOTAL just before a reset 27 SSP 0 0 Ind
187. ge of painted parts The dielectric strength of at least 500 V a c r m s between the intrinsically safe circuits and the enclosure of the flow meter or the converter is limited only by the overvoltage protection IM 01 06 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT gt 10 3 B Installation WARNING All wiring shall comply with local installation requirements and local electrical code Usethe suitable heat resisting cables over 90 C for the digitalYEWFLO Model DY Series Vortex Flowmeter when the ambient temperature exceeds 60 C and or the process temperature exceeds 200 Forflameproof Cable glands adapters and or blanking elements shall be of Ex d for Ex d installations They shall be installed so as to maintain the specified degree of protection IP Code of the flowmeter ForATEX intrinsically safe Ex ic Cable glands adapter and or blanking elements shall be of Ex n Ex e or Ex d and shall be installed so as to maintain the specified degree of protection IP Code of the equipment The grounding terminals are located on the inside and outside of the terminal area Connect the cable to grounding terminal in accordance with wiring procedure 1 or 2 Cable f 6 Screw 2 X A Saw v 256 Washer Cable Nec Clamp 1 Internal grounding terminal 2 External grounding terminal F1001 ai Figure 10 1 Wiring Procedure for Grounding Terminals for Flameproof
188. gt Voluemetric Flow Rate at Normal Condition Nm s 1522 Nm m 1523 Nm h 1524 Nm d 1525 NL s 1532 NL m 1533 NL h 1534 NL d 1535 Sm s 1527 Sm m 1528 Sm h 1529 Sm d 1530 SL s 1537 SL m 1538 SL h 1539 SL d 1540 SCFM 1360 SCFH 1361 N Normal S Standard Percentage 1342 1 Display Style In case of plus display Example MS RANGE EU 100 1 Example MS RANGE EU 100 0 00001 Ia dun i aui B a m 4 x0 5 im 5 In case of Minus display Example AR ELA EU 100 1 000 AR OUT RANGE EU 100 100 000 j wA SIE 2 4 I m Is x10 um Is 2 Alarm Display In case of plus display Example Display 99999 and AL 61 altrnatelly I Al LEY x03 m isid 4 In case of Minus display Example JAR OUTRAS RANGE EU_100 1 000 AR OUT_RANGE EU_100 100 000 IM 01F06F00 01EN lt 7 IN PROCESS OPERATION 7 1 T IN PROCESS OPERATION This chapter describes the procedure performed when changing the operation of the function block of the digitalYEWFLO in process 7 1 Mode Transition When the function block mode is changed to Out_ Of_Service the function block pauses and a block alarm is issued When the function block mode is changed to Manual the function block suspends updating of output values
189. h if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of the product IMPORTANT An IMPORTANT sign denotes that attention is required to avoid damage to the instrument or System failure NOTE ANOTE sign denotes information necessary for essential understanding of operation and features IM 01 06 00 01 1 1 Using This Instrument Safety 1 Installation WARNING Installation of the vortex flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled personnel No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to installation The vortex flowmeter must be installed within the specification conditions The vortex flowmeter is a heavy instrument Be careful that no damage is caused to personnel through accidentally dropping it or by exerting excessive force on the vortex flowmeter When moving the vortex flowmeter always use a trolley and have at least two people carry it When the vortex flowmeter is processing hot fluids the instrument itself may become extremely hot Take sufficient care not to get burnt Where the fluid being processed is a toxic substance avoid contact with the fluid and avoid inhaling any residual gas even after the instrument has been taken off the piping line for maintenance and so forth Do not open the cover in wet weather or humid environment When the cover is open stated enclosure protection is not applicable Do
190. h parameter may cause a contradiction IM 01 06 00 01 lt 5 CONFIGURATION gt 5 5 Table 5 4 VCR Static Entry Sub index 1 Parameter FasArTypeAndRole Description Indicates the type and role of communication VCR The following 4 types are used for the digitalYEWFLO 0x32 Server Responds to requests from host 0x44 Source Transmits alarm or trend 0x66 Publisher Sends DI block output to other blocks 0x76 Subscriber Receives output of other blocks by PID block FasDllLocalAddr Sets the local address to specify a VCR in the digitalYEWFLO A range of 20 to F7 in hexadecimal FasDllConfigured RemoteAddr Sets the node address of the called party for communication and the address DLSAP or DLCEP used to specify VCR in that address For DLSAP or DLCEP a range of 20 to F7 in hexadecimal is used Addresses in Subindex 2 and 3 need to be set to the same contents of the VCR as the called party local and remote are reversed FasDIISDAP FasDIIMaxConfirm DelayOnConnect Specifies the quality of communication Usually one of the following types is set Ox2B Server 0x01 Source Alert 0x03 Source Trend 0x91 Publisher Subscriber To establish connection for communication a maximum wait time for the called party s response is set in ms Typical value is 60 seconds 60000 FasDIIMaxConfirm DelayOnData For request of data a
191. han 1mA case that ambient temperature exceeds 50 use heat resistant cables with maximum allowable temperature of 70 or above IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 1 LIST PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO gt A1 1 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO Note The Write Mode column contains the modes in which each parameter is write enabled O S Write enabled O S mode MAN Write enabled in Man mode and O S mode AUTO Write enabled in Auto mode Man mode and O S mode Write disabled A1 1 Resource Block Relative Write index Index Parameter Name Factory Default Mode Explanation 0 1000 Header TAG RS Block Tag Information on this block such as Block Tag DD Revision 0 5 Execution Time etc 1 1001 ST REV The revision level of the static data associated with the resource block The revision value is incremented each time a static parameter value in this block is changed 2 1002 DESC Spaces AUTO The user description of the intended application of the block 3 1003 STRATEGY 1 AUTO The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block 4 1004 ALERT KEY 1 AUTO The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc 5 1005 MODE AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of t
192. hat resets integrated values Maximum time for which values can be retained in the event of power failure 37 0 0 AUTO It does not effect the block operation 38 RESET 0 AUTO Reset confirmation input which is enabled when the Confirm reset option of CONFIRM INTEG OPTS is chosen 1 AUTO 1 39 UPDATE_EVT 0 Indicates event information if an update event occurs 0 0 1 AUTO 1 40 BLOCK ALM 0 Indicates alarm information if a block alarm occurs 0 0 41 ACCUM_TOTAL 0 0 Accumulated integrated values no extension parameter is reset IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 6 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK gt 1 APPENDIX 6 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK The Arithmetic AR block switches two main inputs of different measurement ranges seamlessly and combines the result with three auxiliary inputs through the selected compensation function 10 types to calculate the output For the METHOD of AR block read APPENDIX 10 2 Enhanced AR Block A6 1 Schematic Diagram of Arithmetic Block The diagram below shows the Arithmetic block schematic IN IN LO FUNCTION OUT HI LIM MAN ARITH_TYPE 1 to 10 1 1 1 1 IN_1 IN 14BIAS IN 1 x GAIN IN 1 i _1 81 5 x GAIN 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OUT_LO_LIM IN 2 24BIAS 2 x GAIN IN 2 XE THE IN 3 IN 3 BIAS IN 3 x GAIN IN
193. hat the block will usually take 01 06 00 01 lt 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS gt 6 2 6 2 Transducer Block Parameters 1 Mandatory Parameter Setting for Transducer Block After setting parameters of the transducer block set up XD_SCALE of the block and of the Al2 block as appropriate Table 6 1 shows the parameters that must be set in order of the relative index sequentially depending on the operation conditions The transducer block sets functions specific to the flow rate measurement of the digitalYEWFLO For each block parameter in digitalYEWFLO read APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO The following describes important parameters and how to set them For the METHOD of TR block read APPENDIX 10 1 Transducer Block Table 6 1 Mandatory Parameter Setting for Transducer Block Depending on Operation Conditions D Parameter 2 x SENSOR 1 1 2 Built in 2 Built in 2 Built in 2 Built in 2 Built in 2 Built in 47 STATUS Standard Standard Temp Temp Temp Temp Temp Temp Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor 1 Monitor 1 Monitor 2 3 4 GAS 5 LIQUID 48 I olin only or only or Saturated Superheat STD Normal Mass 6 Notuse 6 Notuse steam steam 1 LIQUID 1 LIQUID 5 Volume Volume 5 25 2z GAS GAS 5 STEAM STEAM 5 Volume Volume
194. he block 6 1006 BLOCK ERR 0 This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block Itis a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown 7 1007 RS STATE State of the resource block state machine 8 1008 5 RW 0 AUTO Read write test parameter used only for conformance testing and simulation 9 1009 00 RESOURCE Spaces String identifying the tag of the resource which contains the Device Description for this resource 10 1010 ID 0x594543 Manufacturer identification number used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource 11 1011 DEV TYPE 9 Manufacturer s model number associated with the resource used by interface devices to locate the DD file for the resource 12 1012 DEV REV 3 Manufacturer revision number associated with the resource used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource 13 1013 DD REV 1 Revision of the DD associated with the resource used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource 14 1014 GRANT DENY AUTO Options for controlling access of host computer and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 15 1015 HARD TYPES 0x0001 The types of hardware available as channel numbers Scalar input bitO Scalar input bit1 Scalar output bit2 Discrete input bit3 Discrete output
195. he next block execution 5 4 Setting of Tags and Addresses This section describes the steps in the procedure to set the PD tags and node address in the digitalY EWFLO There are three states of Fieldbus devices as shown in Figure 5 4 and if the state is other than the lowest SM OPERATIONAL state no function block is executed Whenever you have changed the PD tag or address of digitalYEWFLO transfer its state to SM _ OPERATIONAL UNINITIALIZED No tag nor address is set Tag clear Tag setting INITIALIZED Only tag is set Address clear Address setting SM OPERATIONAL Tag and address are retained and the function block can be executed F0504 ai Figure 5 4 Status Transition by Setting PD Tag and Node Address IM 01 06 00 01 In each digitalY EWFLO PD tag and node address are set to FT1003 and 242 hexadecimal F2 respectively before shipment from the factory unless otherwise specified To change only the node address clear the address once and then set a new node address To set the PD tag first clear the node address and clear the PD tag then set the PD tag and node address again Devices whose node address have been cleared will await at the default address randomly chosen from a range of 248 to 251 or from hexadecimal F8 to FB At the same time it is necessary to specify the device ID in order to correctly specify the device The device ID of the YF100 is 5945430009
196. hout temperature sensor type Not Installed Note the rating 1 the output current of the barrier must be limited by a resistor Ra such that lo Uo Ra In the rating 2 the output of the barrier must be the characteristics of the trapezoid or the rectangle and this transmitter can be connected to Fieldbus equipment which are in according to the FISCO model The terminators may be built in by a barrier More than one field instrument may be connected to the power supply line terminator and the safety barrier shall be certified Electrical data Ex ia ll C Ex ic Il C Rating1 Entity Rating2 FISCO Rating Entity Maximum Input Voltage Ui 24 Vdc 17 5 Vdc 32 Vdc Maximum Input Current li 250 mA 500 mA Maximum Input Power Pi 1 2W 5 5 W Maximum Internal Capacitance 3 52 nF 3 52 nF 3 52 nF Maximum Internal Inductance Li 0 mH 0 mH 0 mH F1002 ai IM 01 06 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT gt 10 5 Screw Marking The type of electrical connection is stamped near the electrical connection port according to the following codes ISO M20 X 1 5 female ANSI 1 2 14NPT female F1003 ai B Name Plate Integral type Flameproof dsitseYEWFLO VORTEX FLOWMETER MPa at 38 C C 0344 2G 4010 30 460 WITH INDICATORI TEMP CLASS T6 T B 1 PROCESS
197. ically safe Ex ic Entity model and Nonincendive 9 to 24 V DC for intrinsically safe Ex ia Entity model 9 to 17 5 V DC for intrinsically safe Ex ia and ATEX intrinsically safe Ex ic FISCO model Output Signals Digital communication signal compliant with the Founpation Fieldbus protocol Condition of Communication Line Supply current 15 mA maximum 24 mA maximum for the software download IM 01 06 00 01 lt 9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 9 3 Functional Specifications Functional specifications for Fieldbus communication conform to the standard specifications H1 of FouNDATION fieldbus Founpation Fieldbus specifications 5 0 1 grant the interoperability of the field instruments Function blocks Block name Number Execution time Note Al1 Monitors the fow rate and totalized flow rate Al2 Monitors the temperature Al 3 29 ms for a model with the multi variable type option AI3 volumetric flow input for mass flowrate calculation of AR DI 2 25ms Flow and temperature limit switches AR 1 40 ms Mass flow calculation Integrator block integrates a variable as a function of the time or accumulates the IT 1 40 ms counts PID 1 40 ms Applicable when LC1 option is specified 9 2 Model and Suffix Codes OOOOO O0 O DYA FOO O F digital communication FouNDATION Fieldbus protocol N Remote type detector IM 01 06 00 01 lt 9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 9 3 Optional
198. icates the snapshot of TOTAL SP just before a reset Integration Type Setting Value Name Description 1 UP AUTO Counts up and is automatically reset when TOTAL SP is reached 2 UP DEM up and is reset as demanded 28 INTEG TYPE UP AUTO 1 AUTO 3 DN AUTO Counts down and is automatically reset when 0 is reached 4 DN DEM Counts down and is reset as demanded 5 PERIODIC Counts up and is reset at periods specified in CLOCK PER 6 DEMAND Counts up and is reset as demanded 7 PER amp DEM Counts up and is reset periodically or as demanded 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK gt 5 11 Index Parameter Initial Value Definition Mode Specifies an integration optional function bit Option Name Description 0 Input 1 accumulate Selects Rate or Accum input of 1 1 Input 2 accumulate Selects Rate or Accum input of 2 2 Flow forward Integrates forward flow interprets reverse flow as zero 3 Flow reverse Integrates reverse flow interprets forward flow as zero 4 lu Uses an input value of IN 1 or IN 2 whose status is Uncertain se uncertain regarding it as a value of Good 5 lu Uses an input value of IN_1 or IN_2 whose status is Bad se bad pie regarding it as a value of
199. iceOperation one of the following Set only one each for link object for Alert or Trend 0 Undefined 2 Publisher 3 Subscriber 6 Alert T Trend Set the maximum number of consecutive stale input values which may be received before the input status is set to Bad To avoid the unnecessary mode transition caused when the data is not correctly received by subscriber set this parameter to 2 or more 5 StaleCountLimit Link objects are not factory set Set link objects as shown in Table 5 7 Table 5 7 Settings of Link Objects example Index Link Object Settings example 30000 1 Al OUT VCR 6 30001 2 Trend VCR 5 30002 3 Alert VCR 7 30003 to 30039 4to 40 No used 5 6 2 Trend Objects It is possible to make settings so that a function block automatically transmits the trend For this each digitalY EWFLO has ten trend objects eight for trends of analog parameters and two for discrete parameters For each trend object specify a single parameter the trend of which is to be transmitted Each trend object has the parameters listed in Table 5 8 For the first four parameters setting is mandatory Before writing parameter settings to atrend object parameter WRITE LOCK of the resource block must be modified to unlock the write lock Table 5 8 Parameters for Trend Objects Sub Parameters Description index 1 Block Index Sets the leading index of the
200. ific AL 22 AL 22 Bad Out of Service Not provided lt SV Status gt lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service Specific BLOCK ERR AI in O S Out of Service Provided Mode AL 23 OUT Status ON Bad Out of Service BLOCK ERR dcos AI2 O S Out of Service Provided Mode AL 24 lt OUT Status gt OFF Bad Out of Service in O S Provided AL 25 Mode AL 25 OFF DI2 in O S Provided AL 26 Mode AL 26 OFF IM 01F06F00 01EN lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 6 LCD Display AL 07 Alarm Detail Temp Converter Failure AL 07 DI1 Block lt PV_D Status gt 1 TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY_VALUE Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure 2 Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure DI2 Block OUT D Status 1 TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY_VALUE Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure 2 Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure PID Block IT Block AR Block AlarmReset SW default Not provided AL 08 Temp Sensor Failure AL 08 lt PV_D Status gt i TARGET TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OP
201. imits if Puts the setpoint high low limits in force in Cas or RCas the Cas or RCas mode No OUT limits in Disables the high low limits for OUT in the Manual Man mode A8 14 Initialization and Manual Fallback IMAN Initialization and manual fallback denotes a set of actions in which a PID block changes mode to IMAN initialization and manual and suspends the control action Initialization and manual fallback takes place automatically as a means of abnormality handling when the following condition is met The quality component of BKCAL_IN status is Bad OR The quality component of BKCAL_IN status is Good c AND The sub status component of BKCAL_IN status is FSA LO NI or IR The user cannot manually change the mode to IMAN A mode transition to IMAN occurs only when the condition above is met IM 01 06 00 01 A8 8 lt APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK gt A8 15 Manual Fallback Manual fallback denotes an action in which a PID block changes mode to MAN manual and suspends the control action Manual fallback takes place automatically as a means of abnormality handling when the following condition is met N status is Bad except when the control action bypass is on To enable the manual fallback action to take place when the above condition is met Target to Manual if Bad IN must be specified beforehand in STATUS OPTS The table below shows the options in STATUS _ OPTS ST
202. in Non OFF AL 88 Specific AR Flow AL 89 IN Not lt OUT Status gt Provided Connected Bad Non Specific OFF AL 89 AR Temp AL 90 IN Not lt OUT Status gt Provided Connected Bad Non Specific OFF AL 90 AR Press AL 91 IN Not lt OUT Status gt Provided Connected Bad Non Specific OFF AL 91 ARG lt BLOCK_ERR gt Configuration Error i AL 92 Coef Conf Err psg AL 92 lt OUT Status gt Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Configuration Error AR Output Provided AL 93 Unit Conf Err lt OUT Status gt OFF AL 93 Bad Configuration Error IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 15 Alarm Reset Switch Settings Some alarms can be disabled and enabled using switches in parameter ALARM PERFORM inside the transducer block as explained below 1 Setting As shown in the following table the individual bits of ALARM PERFORM at relative index 45 act as Switches to disable and enable particular alarms Write zeros to the respective bits to disable desired alarms or write ones to enable them 2 Default Values ALARM PERFOR Corresponding Alarms 0 Disable Bit 15 AL 84 to AL 93 alarms pertaining to AR 0 Bit 14 AL 80 to AL 83 alarms pertaining to IT 0 Bit 13 AL 77 to AL 79 alarms pertaining to AI3 0 Bit 12 AL 62 to AL 64 alarms pertaining to 1 Bit 11 AL 65
203. instead of the data from the transducer block This setting can be used for propagation of the status to the trailing blocks generation of a process alarm and as an operation test for trailing blocks SIM ENABLE Switch Set to OFF during normal operation 1 N F0702 ai SIMULATE ENABLE Switch Position Not used Figure 7 2 01 06 00 01 lt 8 DEVICE STATUS gt 8 1 8 DEVICE STATUS 1to DEVICE STATUS 5 indexes 1045 to 1049 inside the resource DEVICE STATUS In a digitalYEWFLO the current device statuses and error details are represented by parameters statuses Table 8 1 Contents of DEVICE STATUS 1 Index 1045 Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0x04000000 Abnormal boot process Abnormal boot processing was detected at the time of starting 0x02000000 Download failure Software download failed 0x01000000 Download incomplete Software download is incomplete 0x00800000 Simulate enable jumper On The SIMULATE ENABLE switch is ON 0x00400000 RB O S mode AL 21 The resource block is in O S mode 0x00080000 module failure 2 AL 04 The EEPROM F is faulty 0x00008000 Link Obj 1 17 33 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00004000 Link Obj 2 18 34 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00002000 Link Obj 3 19 35 not open The VCR selected in link o
204. iodically scanned to find any devices newly joining the fieldbus Do not widen the available address ranges unnecessarily the fieldbus communication performance may be severely degraded 0x00 Unused 51 Bridge device 0x13 0x14 LM devices V FUN Unused V NUN a Basic devices Default addresses Portable device addresses F0501 ai Figure 5 1 Available Range of Node Addresses To ensure stable operation of Fieldbus determine the operation parameters and set them to the LM devices While the parameters in Table 5 2 are to be set the worst case value of all the devices to be connected to the same Fieldbus must be used Read the specification of each device for details Table 5 2 Operation Parameter Values of digitalYEWFLO to be Set to LM Device Symbol Parameters Description and Settings V ST Slot Time Indicates the time necessary for immediate reply of the device Unit of time is in octets 256 us Set maximum specification for all devices Fora digitalYEWFLO set a value of 4 or greater Minimum value of communication data intervals Unit of time is in octets 256 us Setthe maximum specification for all devices For a digitalYEWFLO set a value of 4 or greater The worst case time elapsed until a reply is recorded The unit is Slot time set the value so that V MRD x V ST is the maximum value of the specification for all devices For a digitalYEWFLO value of V MRD x V
205. ion REV 0 0 0 58 1058 SOFTDWN ERROR 0 Indicates an error during a software download Read Table A11 4 for error codes IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD Option gt A11 5 Table A11 4 Download Error Codes Error Code Detail 0 No error 32768 Unsupported header version 32769 Abnormal header size 32770 Abnormal manufacturer ID 32771 Abnormal device family 32772 Abnormal device revision 32773 Abnormal vendor specification version 32774 Abnormal number of modules 32775 Abnormal number of bytes in module 1 32776 Abnormal number of bytes in module 2 32777 Device error in module 1 32778 Checksum error in module 1 32779 Checksum error in file 32780 Unused 32781 Write prohibited area in FlashROM 32782 Verification error during FlashROM writing 32783 Polling error during FlashROM erasing 32784 Polling time out during FlashROM erasing 32785 Polling error during FlashROM writing 32786 Polling time out during FlashROM writing 32787 FlashROM driver undefined number error 32788 File endcode error 32789 File type error UPDATE ORIGINAL 32790 FlashROM driver undefined number error 32791 On start state error other than DWNLD_NOT_READY 32792 Start segment error in module 1 32793 Binary file error 32794 Binary file error 32795 Device error in module 2 32796 Detection of EEPROM state
206. iption ATEX Flameproof Approval Applicable Standard EN 60079 0 EN 60079 1 Type of Protection Ex d IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type and Remote Type Detector Ex d IIC T6 Gb Remote Type Converter Group Il Category 2 G Temperature Class T6 T1 Integral Type and Remote Type Detector T6 Remote Type Converter Process Temperature 40 to 80 5 40 to 100 4 40 to 135 40 to 200 C 2 40 to 300 C T1 40 to 450 C Use HT version above 250 C Ambient Temperature 30 to 60 With indicator 40 to 60 Without indicator Ambient Humidity 0 to 100 RH No condensation Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female Code KF2 ATEX Intrinsically Safe Approval Ex ia Note 1 2 Applicable Standard EN 60079 0 EN 60079 11 Type of Protection Ex ia T4 T1 Ga Integral Type Ex ia IIC T6 T1 Ga Remote Type Detector Ex ia Ga Remote Type Converter Group Il Category 1 G Ambient Temperature 40 to 60 Integral Type 50 to 80 78 C Remote Type Detector 40 to 80 C Remote Type Converter Option MV Ambient Humidity 0 to 10096 RH No condensation Process Temperature 6 84 78 C T5 100 4 135 T3 199 198 C 2 299 288 C 1 449 438 C Option above 250 C and Option LT below 29 C Option MV Signal Supply Terminals SUPPLY and E
207. is not scheduled Provided OFF AL 68 DI1 Block is in Manual mode Provided OFF AL 69 011 Block is in simulation mode Provided OFF AL 70 Block is not scheduled Provided OFF AL 71 DI2 Block is in Manual mode Provided OFF AL 72 DI2 Block is in simulation mode Provided OFF AL 73 DI2 Block is not scheduled Provided OFF AL 74 PID Block is in Bypass mode Provided OFF AL 75 PID Block is failed type 1 error Provided OFF AL 76 PID Block is failed type 2 error Provided OFF AL 77 Block is in Manual mode Provided OFF AL 78 AI3 Block is in simulation mode Provided OFF AL 79 AI3 Block is not scheduled Provided OFF AL 80 IT Block is in Manual mode Provided OFF AL 81 IT Block is not scheduled Provided OFF AL 82 IT Total backup failed Last IT Output Value IT Provided OFF OUT Value could not saved IT Clock Period IT CLOCK_PER is smaller Provided OFF AL 83 than IT Period of Execution IT EXECUTION_ PERIOD AL 84 AR Block is in Manual mode Provided OFF AL 85 AR Block is not scheduled Provided OFF IM 01 06 00 01 lt 7 IN PROCESS OPERATION 7 3 7 2 2 Alarms and Events Each digitalYEWFLO can report the following alarms and events as alerts Analog Alerts Generated when a process value exceeds threshold By AI Block Hi Hi Alarm Hi Alarm Low Alarm Low Low Alarm Discrete Alerts Generated when an abnormal conditi
208. ise High vibration Clogging Fluctuating Temp over output Over temp Temp sensor fault Temp convert fault Setting range 0 only Setting 0 clears the record 90 2090 MODEL digitalYEWFLO O S AUTO Model of the flowmeter converter 91 2091 ALARM_SUM 0 O S AUTO Indicates the entire block s alarm statuses Disable can only be set 153 154 2153 2154 VOLUME_FLOW VOLUME FLOW UNIT Indicates the volumetric flow rate Indicates the unit of VOLUME_FLOW It links the unit of XD SCALE of Al3 Note 1 The value changes in line with a change to the SIZE_SELECT value or to the unit setting in XD_SCALE of the corresponding Al block Note 2 An intended value which meets both of the following conditions can only be written CAL_POINT_LO lt the intended value and SENSOR_RANGE EU100 gt intended value Note 3 An intended value which meets both of the following conditions can only be written CAL_POINT_HI lt the intended value and SENSOR_RANGE EU100 gt intended value Note 4 The flow rate unit can only be written Note 5 These parameters are set in accordance with the specifications written in the registered sizing data if it is supplied In case of UNCALIBRATION order they are set to the defaults when shipped IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 1 LIST PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO gt A1 11 A1 4 DI Function Block
209. its Index AR OUT_ Provided OFF AL 24 AI2 Block is in O S mode Provided OFF AL 93 RANGE Unit Index is not selected rightly the AL 25 Block is O S mode Provided OFF corresponding to AR Arithmetic Type AR AL 26 012 Block is O S mode Provided OFF AL 27 PID Block is O S mode Provided OFF Not provided for a model with the option MV and with the fluid AL 28 AI3 Block is O S mode Provided OFF density calculation set to be active AL 29 Block is in O S mode Provided OFF AL 30 AR Block is in O S mode Provided OFF AL 41 Flow rate is over the range Not provided AL 42 flow rate span setting exceeds the provided AL 43 Temperature is over the range Regulated Not provided the upper or lower limit value AL 51 The transient vibration makes the current flow Provided OFF rate output constant AL 52 The high vibration makes the current flow rate Provided OFF output zero AL 53 The shedder bar is clogged with a material Provided OFF AL 54 The current flow rate is fluctuating more than Provided OFF 20 AL 61 Indicator is over the range Not provided AL 62 Block is in Manual mode Provided ON AL 63 Block is in simulation mode Provided ON AL 64 Block is not scheduled Provided ON AL 65 AI2 Block is in Manual mode Provided OFF AL 66 AI2 Block is in simulation mode Provided OFF AL 67 AI2 Block
210. ivate expansion correction for a FACT compressible fluid 1 Not Active 2 Active 77 2077 FLOW ADJUST 1 Not Active O S Selects whether to activate instrument error correction for a compressible fluid 1 Not Active 2 Active 78 2078 FLOW FREQ 0 O S Sets the first to fifth breakpoint frequencies for the instrument error correction in an array format Setting range 0 0 to 32000 unit is Hz 1077 79 2079 FLOW DATA 0 O S Sets the correcting values corresponding to the first to fifth breakpoint frequencies for the instrument error correction in an array format Setting range 50 00 to 50 00 unit is 1342 80 2080 TRIGGER LEVEL 1 O S Sets the trigger level Setting range 0 1 to 20 0 81 2081 NOISE BALANCE 1 Auto O S Indicates the mode of noise balance ratio tuning and MODE allows tuning to be activated 1 Auto Automatic noise balance mode 2 Manual Manual noise balance mode 3 Tuning at Zero Setting this value causes noise balance ratio to be tuned given that the current flow rate is zero then after completion of the tuning the parameter value reverts to 2 Manual IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 1 LIST PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO gt A1 10 Relative Index 82 Index 2082 Parameter Name NOISE_RATIO Factory Default Write Mode Explanation Indicates the noise balance ratio When the value of NOISE BALANCE MODE is 1
211. kogawa ll manwali kollha ta l istruzzjonijiet g al prodotti marbuta ma ATEX Ex huma disponibbli bl Ingliz bil ermani bil Fran i Jekk tkun te tie struzzjonijiet marbuta ma Ex fil lingwa lokali tieg ek g andek tikkuntattja lill eqreb rappre entan jew uffi ju ta Yokogawa IM 01 06 00 01 lt 2 AMPLIFIER FOR FIELDBUS COMMUNICATION gt 2 AMPLIFIER FOR FIELDBUS COMMUNICATION Read IM 01F06A00 01EN for the details of the amplifier This section encompasses topics applicable to only the Fieldbus communication type 1 The Fieldbus communication type has no local key access function 2 The Fieldbus communication type has no BT200 BRAIN TERMINAL connection pin 3 The Fieldbus communication type has a simulation function The SIMULATE_ENABLE switch is mounted on the amplifier Read Section 7 3 Simulation Function for details of the simulation function F0201 ai Figure 2 1 Amplifier for Fieldbus Communication 2 1 IM 01 06 00 01 lt 3 ABOUT FIELDBUS gt 3 1 3 ABOUT FIELDBUS 3 1 Outline Fieldbus is a bi directional digital communication protocol for field devices which offers an advancement in implementation technologies for process control systems and is widely employed by numerous field devices The Fieldbus communication type of the digitalYEWFLO employs the specification standardized by the Fieldbus FOUNDATION and provides interoperability between
212. l characterization L TYPE filtering _ FTIME or low cut LOW CUT 20 4020 4120 4220 UPDATE EVT This alert is generated by any change to the static data 21 4021 14121 4221 BLOCK ALM The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed 22 4022 4122 4222 ALARM_SUM The current alert status unacknowledged states unreported states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block 23 4023 4123 4223 OPTION Oxffff AUTO Selection of whether alarms associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged 24 4024 4124 4224 ALARM HYS 0 5 AUTO Amount the PV must return within the alarm limits before the alarm condition clears Alarm Hysteresis is expressed as a percent of the PV span 0 to 50 25 4025 4125 4225 HI PRI 0 Priority of the high high alarm 0 1 to 15 26 1 4026 4126 4226 HI 1 INF AUTO The setting for high high alarm in engineering units Note 1 27 4027 4127 4227 PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the high alarm 0 1 3 to 15 01 06 00 01
213. limit the rate of change when the PID block is in Auto mode External output tracking Performs the scaling of the value of TRK_VAL to the range of the OUT and outputs it as the OUT Mode change Changes the block mode between 8 modes O S LO Man Auto Cas RCas ROut Bumpless transfer Prevents a sudden change in the control output OUT at changes in block mode and at switching of the connection from the control output OUT to the cascaded secondary function block Initialization and manual fallback Changes the block mode to and suspends the control action when the specified condition is met Manual fallback Changes the block mode to Man and aborts the control action Auto fallback Changes the block mode to Auto when it is Cas and continues the control action with the setpoint set by the operator Mode shedding upon computer failure Changes the block mode in accordance with the SHED_OPT setting upon a computer failure Alarm processing Generates block alarms and process alarms and performs event updates IM 01 06 00 01 A8 2 lt APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK gt A8 3 Parameters of PID Block NOTE In the table below the Write column shows the modes in which the respective parameters can be written A blank in the Write column indicates that the corresponding parameter can be written in all modes of the PID block A dash indicates that the corres
214. lls below 0 3 RESET IN is H 4 Every period specified in CLOCK PER 5 OP_CMD_INT is 1 The Table A5 2 shows the correlation between INTEG TYPE and RESET triggers Table A5 2 RESET Triggers 1 UP AUTO 2 0 DEM x x 3 DN AUTO x 4 DN_DEMO x x 5 PERIODIC x x 6 DEMAND x x 7 PER amp DEM x x o Reset x No Reset When has become and a reset was made OP CMD automatically returns to Even if RESET IN becomes activating a reset RESET does not automatically return to L The RESET setting will not be retained if the power is turned OFF A5 6 2 Reset Timing All items are reset during execution of the function block Therefore the minimum period of a reset is the block execution period e 5 second rule If a reset is made the next reset will not be accepted for 5 seconds after that Even if UP AUTO or DN AUTO is activated and TOTAL SP or 0 is reached within 5 seconds the next reset will not be made for 5 seconds from the previous reset e CLOCK PER IfINTEG TYPE is PERIODIC 5 or PER amp DEM 7 a reset is made at the period sec set to the CLOCK PER parameter If the value in CLOCK PER is smaller than the function block s execution period bit 1 of BLOCK ERR Block Configuration Error is set IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK gt A5 6 3
215. lock Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Input 1 Status Value Input 2 Status Value Output Status Value Reset Reverse Inputs Reset Input Status Value Reset Confirm Status Value Reverse Flow1 Status Value Reverse Flow2 Status Value rip Outputs Output Trip Status Value Output Pre Trip Status Value otal Snapshots Snapshot of Total Snapshot of Rejected Total Snapshot of Setpoint Accumulate Total Configuration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Operator Command Integration Basic Settings Integration Type Total Setpoint Pre Trip Clock Period Unit Conversions Time Unit1 Time Unit2 Unit Conversion Pulse Val1 Pulse Val2 caling Limits Good Limit Uncertain Limit Qutage Limit Qutput Range EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Options Integration Options Status Options Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Number of Reset Rejected Total Percentage Included Alert Parameters Block Alarm Unacknowledged State Time Stamp Subcode Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev
216. lue Filter Time Low Alarm Options Unacknowledged Linearization Type Alarm State Low Cutoff Time Stamp Options Subcode Status Options Float Value Others Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev Index Simulation Enable Simulation Disable Grant Deny Grant Deny Query Device Al Standard parameters 0905 Note Parameter name may differ according to tool or host 01 06 00 01 6 Function Block Menus Block Info Block Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Field Value Discrete Status Value Process Value Discrete Status Value Output Discrete Status Value Configuration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Channel Process Value Filter Time Options Status Options Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Alert Parameters Block Almarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Alarm Summary Current Unacknowledged Unreported Disabled Acknowledge Option Discrete Primary Discrete Limit Discrete Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Update
217. mation coefficient AR_CONFIG_ N 53 STATUS AUTO 0 Memo Setting download status AR CONFIG _ I 54 VSTRING32 AUTO Space IMemo 32 characters AR_CONFIG_ 55 VSTRING46 AUTO Space Memo 16x2 characters AR CONFIG _ 56 OSTRING32 AUTO 0 Memo 32 characters 57 AR CONFIG _ AUTO 0 SUM of coefficient which is calculated at multinominal approximation coefficient OSTRING2 setting A6 6 Example of Connection TYPE 32 Saturated steam Temperature ARITH TYPE 35 Gas temperature pressure compensation In case of using external temperature output ARITH TYPE 37 Gas temperature pressure compensation Detail In case of using external temperature output DYF Mass Flow Rate or Volumetric Flow Rate at Normal Condition Mass Flow Rate Press Al In case of using built in temperature sensor output DYF Mass Flow Rate or Volumetric Flow Rate at Normal Condition AR OUT gt Mass Flow Rate DYF AI2 Press TYPE 33 Saturated steam Pressure DYF AI3 Press ARITH TYPE 36 Liquid temperature compensation ARITH TYPE 38 Liquid temperature compensation Detail Mass Flow Rate In case of using external temperature output DYF AI3 Mass Flow Rate ARITH TYPE 34 Superheat steam In case of using external temperature output DYF Temp Press Al In case of using built in temperature sensor output DYF Al3
218. maximum wait time for the called party s response is set in ms Typical value is 60 secounds 60000 FasDIIMaxDIsduSize Specifies maximum DL Service Data unit Size DLSDU Set 256 for Server and Trend VCR and 64 for other VCRs FasDllResidual ActivitySupported Specifies whether connection is monitored Set TRUE Oxff for Server This parameter is not used for other communication FasDllTimelinessClass Not used for the digitalYEWFLO 10 11 FasDIIPublisherTime WindowSize FasDIIPublisher SynchronizaingDicep Not used for the digitalYEWFLO Not used for the digitalYEWFLO 12 FasDllSubscriberTime WindowSize Not used for the digitalYEWFLO 13 FasDllSubscriber SynchronizationDicep Not used for the digitalYEWFLO Sub index 14 FmsVfdld Parameter Description Sets VFD for the digitalYEWFLO to be used Ox1 System network management VFD 0x1234 Function block VFD 15 FmsMaxOutstanding ServiceCalling 16 FmsMaxOutstanding ServiceCalled Set 0 to Server It is not used for other applications Set 1 to Server It is not used for other applications 17 FmsFeatures Supported Indicates the type of services in the application layer In the digitalYEWFLO it is automatically set according to specific applications These 33 VCRs are factory set as shown in Table 5 5 Table 5 5 VCRList ps n
219. mended that current capacity be well over the total value of the maximum current consumed by all devices including the host Conventional DC current cannot be used as power supply Terminator Fieldbus requires two terminators Read the supplier for details of terminators that are attached to the host Field devices Connect the field devices necessary for instrumentation The digitalYEWFLO has passed the interoperability test conducted by The Fieldbus Foundation In order to properly start Fieldbus it is recommended that the devices used satisfy the requirements of the above test Host Used for accessing field devices A minimum of one device with bus control function is needed Cable Used for connecting devices Read Fieldbus Technical Information TI 38K03A01 01E for details of instrumentation cabling Provide a cable sufficiently long to connect all devices For field branch cabling use terminal boards or a connection box as required First check the capacity of the power supply The power supply capacity must be greater than the sum of the maximum current consumed by all devices to be connected to Fieldbus For the digitalYEWFLO the maximum current power supply voltage 9 to 32 VDC is 15 mA The cable used for the spur must be of the minimum possible length 5 2 Network Definition Before connection of devices with Fieldbus define the Fieldbus network Allocate PD tags and node addresses to all
220. minal in accordance with wiring procedure 1 or 2 Case D No UY lt Washer AS Screw Al a H Washer Cable Clamp 1 Internal grounding terminal 2 External grounding terminal F1004 ai Figure 10 2 Wiring Procedure for Grounding Terminals B Operation WARNING n case of Flameproof wait 3 min after power is turned off before opening the covers Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations B Maintenance and Repair WARNING The instrument modification or parts replacement by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the certification W Electrical Connection The type of electrical connection is stamped near the electrical connection port according to the following codes ISO M20 X 1 5 female ANSI 1 2 14NPT female F1005 ai IM 01 06 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT gt 10 12 B Name Plate Integral type Flameproof OUTPUT MWP MPa at ae No DEK 110077X PROCESS TEMP estore ne 4602 9070 INDICATOR TEMP CLASS 13 digita VORTEX FLOWMETER PROCESS 50 10 135 200 30 00 NOTE USE HT VERSION ABOVE 250 C Made in Yokogawa Electric Corporation AFTER DEENERGIZING DELAY MINUT
221. mperature pressure compensation Detail 38 Liquid temperature compensation Detail To output Density Factor properly Do you set a typical value in the following parameters BIAS IN 1 1 BIAS_IN 2 GAIN IN 2 HLLIM 1 SOME LO LM BAS OUT HLLM DUT L LM No Abort APPENDIX 10 METHOD Set the following parameters BIAS IN 1 0 0 GAIN IN 1 0 BIAS IN2 0 0 GAIN IN 2 1 0 COMP HLLIM INF COMP LO LIM INF BIAS 0 0 Yes GAIN 1 0 OUT HI UIM INF OUT LO LIM INF Jump to sub method of Density Factor Setup Display the end message Y C End FA1006 ai A10 5 IM 01 06 00 01 10 6 lt APPENDIX 10 METHOD gt 12 0013 ALISI3Q 3SVH ALISN3G HV pun 243 395 jeuuoN un KIANI LINA Queuespnr 01 06 00 01 1 Continued v0 103u9u9 3 Byuog 21 10 3494913 NOLLVIA3Q susjowesed 88 5 uv Bumo Ae dsiq 4ejeure4ed 3uwo oj 395 IIN ALISI3Q HV 43 396 L
222. n Alarm item Alarm No Description Parameter Output of AI1 The primary value calculated as a result of executing the function in AI1 101 OUT Total Indicates the totalized value 101 TOTAL Output of AI2 The primary value calculated as a result of executing the function in AI2 102 OUT Output of DI1 The primary value calculated as a result of executing the function in DI1 0101 OUT D Output of DI2 The primary value calculated as a result of executing the function in DI2 DI02 OUT D IM 01 06 00 01 Revision Information Title Model DY Vortex Flowmeter Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter Fieldbus Communication Type Manual No 01FO6FO0 01EN Edition Data Page Revised Item 1st May 2003 New publication 2nd July 2003 Added appendix 7 DeviceViewer Unification of alarm contents 3rd October 2004 Standardized the Link Master function Revised FM intrinsically Safe Approval 4th January 2005 1 2 Added scriptions to Safe Use of This Product 3 2 Revised a clerical error 4 1 Revised descriptions and clerical errors 4 2 Revised descriptions 4 3 Revised descriptions and clerical errors 5 1 Revised descriptions and clerical errors 5 2 Revised clerical errors 5 4 Revised a sentence 6 3 Added descriptions 8 1 Added descriptions 9 1 Revised a sentence 9 4 Revised sentences A 13 Added a description to Tag numbers A 39 Revised a No
223. n Specific Provided AL 52 OUT D Status OFF OFF TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY _ VALUE Uncertain Non Specific IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 10 LCD Display AL 53 Alarm Detail Clogging AL 53 Block DI2 Block PV D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific OUT D Status OFF TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific PID Block IT Block AR Block Alarm Reset SW default Provided OFF AL 54 Fluctuating AL 54 PV D Status TARGET TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific OUT D Status OFF TARGET TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific Provided OFF AL 61 Indicator Over Range AL 61 Not provided IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 11 LCD Alarm Detail RS Block TR Block Block AI2 Block AI3 Block SW Display default lt OUT Status gt Default AL 69 Alin Man n Provided Mode AL 62 UN Uncertain Non Specific AL 63 Simulation lt BLOCK_ERR gt lt BLOCK_ERR gt Provided Active AL 63 Simulation Active Simulation Active ON Not AL 64 Scheduled AL 64 lt OUT Status gt Default aes
224. nt3 0x0000x32 4 Element4 0x0000x32 5 Element5 0x0000x32 6 Elemente 0x0000x32 Element 0x0000x31 0x012cx1 8 Element8 0x012cx32 367 OPERAT FUNCTIONAL CLASS Specified at the time of RW 0x01 Standard 0x02 order LM 368 CURRENT LINK 0 R Settings for LAS SETTING RECORD siotTime 2 PerDIpduPhlOverhead 3 MaxResponseDelay 4 FirstUnpolledNodeld 5 ThisLink 6 MinInterPduDelay 7 NumConseeUnpolledNodeld 8 PreambleExtension 9 PostTransGapExtension 10 MaxInterChanSignalSkew 11 TimeSyncClass 369 CONFIGURED LINK 0 4095 RW SETTING RECORD 4 SlotTime 4 2 PerDIpduPhlOverhead 5 3 MaxResponseDelay 37 4 FirstUnpolledNodeld 0 5 ThisLink 12 6 MinInterPduDelay 186 7 NumConseeUnpolledNodeld 2 8 PreambleExtension 1 9 PostTransGapExtension 0 10 MaxInterChanSignalSkew 4 11 TimeSyncClass IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS gt A7 5 Parameter pd uic d Access Remarks 370 PLME BASIC 0 R CHARACTERISTICS 1 ChannelStatisticsSupported 0x00 2 MediumAndDataRatesSupported 0x4900000000000000 3 lecVersion 1 0 1 4 NumOfChannels 1 0x1 5 PowerMode 0 0x0 371 STATES 0 R 1 channel 1 0 0x0 2 channel 2 128 0x80 3 channel 3 128 0x80 4 channel 4 128 0x80 5 ch
225. ntity Ui 24 V li 250 mA Pi 1 2 W Ci 3 52 nF Li 0 mH FISCO Ui 17 5 li 500 mA Pi 5 5 Ci 3 52 nF Li 0 mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female 28 Intrinsically Safe Ex ic Note1 2 Applicable Standard EN 60079 0 EN 60079 11 Type of Protection Ex ic T4 T1 Gc Integral Type Ex ic T6 T1 Gc Remote Type Detector Ex ic IIC T5 T4 Gc Remote Type Converter Group Category 3 Temperature Class T4 T1 Integral Type T6 T1 Remote Type Detector T5 T4 Remote Type Converter Ambient Temperature 40 to 60 Integral Type 50 to 80 79 Remote Type Detector Option LT below 29 for Option MV at T6 40 to 80 Remote Type Converter Ambient Humidity 5 to 10096 RH No condensation Process Temperature 6 196 to 84 79 C T5 196 to 100 C 4 196 to 135 C 3 196 to 199 C T2 196 to 299 289 C T1 196 to 449 439 C Option HT above 250 C and Option LT below 29 C Option MV Signal Supply Terminals SUPPLY and Circuit FISCO field device Ui 32 V Ci 3 52 nF Li 0 mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female KN26 IM 01 06 00 01 lt 9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt Item Description Code Canadian Standards CSA explosion proof Approval CF1 Association CSA Applicable Standard C22 1 98
226. of Execution IT IT Conf Err AL 83 EXECUTION_PERIOD AL 83 RS DEVICE_ AL 83 Remedy Change the value as IT Clock Period ITL CLOCK PER is larger than IT STATUS 5 bit16 Period of Execution ITEXECUTION PERIOD AR Block is in O S mode AL 30 R in O S Mode Remedy Change the AR Block Mode Target AR MODE BLK Target to Auto or other RS DEVICE_ AL 30 RErSU moqo STATUS 55125 In addition check that RB Block Mode Actual RB MODE BLK Actual is set to Auto mode AR Block is in Manual mode AL 84 AR in Man Mode RS DEVICE AL 84 AL 84 Change the AR Block Mode Target AR MODE_BLK Target to Auto or other STATUS 5 bit14 4 Block is not scheduled AL 85 RS DEVICE_ AL 85 Remedy Make a schedule of AR Block STATUS_5 bit13 AR Range High AR RANGE HI is smaller than AR Range Low AR RANGE LOW AR Range Conf AL 86 AL 86 RS DEVICE_ Err AL 86 Remedy Change the value as AR Range High AR RANGE_HI is larger than AR STATUS_5 bit12 Range Low AR RANGE_LO AR Temp IN AR Input1 AR IN_1 is over range AL 87 RS DEVICE Over Range AL 87 This case is out of specification Read IM Check the engineering setting or STATUS 5 bit11 AL 87 AR Temperature Unit AR AR TEMPERATURE UNIT AR Press IN AR Input2 AR IN 2 is over range AL 88 RS DEVICE Over Range AL 88 This case is out of specification Read IM Check the engineering setting or STATUS 5 bit10 AL 88 AR Pres
227. on is detected By Resource Block Block Alarm Write Alarm By Transducer Block Block Alarm By Block Block Alarm By PID Block Block Alarm Update Alerts Generated when a important restorable parameter is updated By Resource Block Update Event By Transducer Block Update Event By Al Block Update Event By PID Block Update Event An alert has the following structure Table 7 2 Subindex Alert Object Parameter Name Explanation Analog Alert Discrete Alert Update Alert Index of block from which 1 1 Block Index alert is generated 2 2 2 Alert Key Alert Key copied from the block Standard 3 3 3 Type Type of the alert Alert Name identified by manufacturer specific DD Message Reason of alert Type notification 6 6 6 Priority Priority of the alarm 7 7 7 Time Stamp Time when this alert is first 4 4 4 Mfr Type detected 8 8 Enumerated cause of this alert 9 9 Value Value of referenced data 10 10 Relative Relative Index of Index referenced data 8 Static Value of static revision Revision ST_REV of the block Unit code of referenced 11 11 9 Unit Index data 7 3 Simulation Function The simulation function simulates the input function block and lets it operate as if the data was received from the transducer block It is possible to conduct testing for the downstream function blocks or alarm processes AS
228. oo Factory Setting 293 1 For system management Fixed 294 2 Server LocalAddr OxF3 295 3 Server LocalAddr OxF4 296 4 Server LocalAddr OxF7 297 5 Trend Source LocalAddr 0x07 Remote Address 0x111 298 6 Publisher LocalAddr 0x20 299 7 Alert Source LocalAddr 0x07 Remote Address 0x110 300 8 Server LocalAddr OxF9 301 to 325 91033 5 5 2 Function Block Execution Control According to the instructions given in Section 5 3 Function Block Link Definitions set the execution cycle of the function blocks and schedule of execution IM 01 06 00 01 lt 5 CONFIGURATION gt 5 6 5 6 Block Setting Set the parameter for function block VFD 5 6 1 Link Objects Alink object combines the data voluntarily sent by the function block with the VCR Each digitalYEWFLO has 40 link objects A single link object specifies one combination Each link object has the parameters listed in Table 5 6 Parameters must be changed together for each VCR because the modifications made to each parameter may cause inconsistent operation Table 5 6 Link Object Parameters Sub Parameters Description index 1 Locallndex Sets the index of function block parameters to be combined set 0 for Trend and Alert 2 VcrNumber Sets the index of VCR to be combined lf set to 0 this link object is not used 3 Remotelndex Not used in the digitalYEWFLO Set to 0 4 Serv
229. ood 5 Handles IN 2 as a good status input if its status is bad PV LO PV g x IN 1 g xIN LO 6 Handles IN 3 as a good status input if its status is uncertain IN_LO 7 Handles IN_3 as a good status input if its status is RANGE bad FA0603 ai 8 to 15 Reserved There are options called IN Use uncertain and IN_LO Use uncertain for the IN and IN_LO inputs When these options are valid IN and IN LO are internally interpreted as good IN and IN LO even if their statuses are uncertain There is no option for bad status For the IN 1 IN 2 IN auxiliary inputs there are options known as IN i Use uncertain and IN i Use bad If these options are valid an IN i with uncertain or bad status is internally interpreted as a good IN i The exception is that if the input status is Bad Not Connected INPUT OPTS does not apply and the input is considered bad as is A6 2 4 Relationship between the Main Inputs and PV The value and PV status are determined by the statuses of two main inputs INPUT OPTS and RANGE LO and RANGE HI If the statuses of two main inputs are both good or anything other than good read APPENDIX 6 2 1 Main Inputs If only one of two main inputs has good status after application of INPUT OPTS the PV value is determined as follows Ifthe status of IN is good and that of IN LO is anything other than
230. or IN_LO is not in Not Connected sub status In this case the number of inputs that are not in Not Connected sub status is regarded as N A6 4 Output Section After executing the computing equation the block applies a gain to the calculated result and then adds a bias to it It then substitutes the result into PRE_OUT and if the mode is in AUTO the value of PRE_OUT is taken as OUT PRE_OUT func x gain bias where func result of computing equation execution OUT PRE_OUT when the mode is in AUTO Next the block performs limitation processing OUT HI LIM OUT_LOW_LIM This processing is described as follows with respect to the value of PRE OUT If PRE OUT OUT HI LIM PRE OUT OUT HI LIM The high limited processing is applied to the status of PRE OUT If PRE OUT OUT LO LIM PRE OUT OUT LO LIM The low limited processing is applied to the status of PRE OUT IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 6 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK gt A6 6 4 1 Mode Handling Mode Output Auto OUT OUT MAN OUT the OUT value in the Auto mode just before O S to MAN or O S is retained In the Manual mode including O S the value of OUT in the Auto mode just before a change to the Manual mode is held or the value written to OUT is output If the mode is switched from Manual to Auto the value of OUT that is linearly changed with respect to the value of PR
231. or explosion protected type Read IM 01F06A00 01EN Section 13 1 Standard Specifications before operating Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion hazard Avoid any actions that cause the generation of electrostatic charge such as rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of product B Technical Data Flameproof Applicable Standard EN 60079 0 2009 EN 60079 1 2007 Certificate DEKRA 11ATEX0212X Type of Protection d IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type and Remote Type Detector d T6 Gb Remote Type Convertor Group II Category 2 Specification of Protection Temperature Class Integral Type and Remote Type Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature T6 40 to 80 5 40 C to 100 C T4 40 C to 135 C T3 40 C to 200 C T2 40 C to 300 C T1 40 C to 450 C 71 Note Use HT version above 250 C T6 Remote Type Convertor Ambient Temperature 30 to 60 C With indicator 40 to 60 C Without indicator Power Supply 9 to 32Vdc max Special Fastener Class A2 50 or more e Intrinsically Safe Ex ia Applicable Standard EN 60079 0 2012 A11 2013 EN 60079 11 2012 EN 60079 27 2006 Certificate KEMA 1136 Type of Protection Ex ia IIC T4 T1 Ga Integral Type Ex ia T6 T1 Ga Remote Type Detector Ex ia T4 Ga Remote
232. or purchasing FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication type of digitalYEWFLO vortex flowmeter To ensure correct use of the instrument please read this manual thoroughly and fully understand how to operate the instrument before operating it This manual describes only those topics that are required for operation of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication type For other topics please read User s Manual for vortex flowmeter IM 01F06A00 01EN Regarding identical items this manual has priority over IM 01F06A00 01EN Regarding This Manual This manual should be provided to the end user The contents of this manual may be changed without prior notice All rights are reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without Yokogawa s written permission Yokogawa makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material including but not limited to implied warranties of merchantability and suitability for a particular purpose All reasonable effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual However if any errors or omissions are found please inform Yokogawa The specifications covered by this manual are limited to those for the standard type under the specified model number break down and do not cover custom made instruments Please note that this manual may not be revised for any specification changes construction changes or operating part changes that are not considered
233. ory alarms 8to 15 Critical alarms DISC LIM Setpoint of the discrete alarm when the value of OUT D agrees with the value set in DISC the discrete alarm is generated 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS 6 6 6 5 Integral LCD Indicator The display items are as follows Table 6 5 Display Items Upper Display Mode Display Items Flowrate Flowrate Al2 Temperature Arithmetic OUT Lower Display Mode Blank Al2 Temperature IT Integrator OUT The display items can be made by selecting in Upper Lower Display mode The contents of each display items are as follows 1 Flowrate Temperature 2 Flowrate Temperature 5 Arithmetic OUT Display Value Display AR OUT Vale by setting AROUT RANG Display unit Display the setting value of AR OUT RANGE Units Index Available display units are as follows Volumetric Flow Rate m s 1347 m min 1348 m h 1349 m d 1350 L s 1351 L min 1352 L h 1353 L d 1354 CFS 1356 CFM 1357 CFH 1358 ft d 1359 gal s 1362 GPM 1363 gal h 1364 gal d 1365 ImpGal s 1367 ImpGal min 1368 ImpGal h 1369 ImpGal d 1370 bbl s 1371 bbl min 1372 bbl h 1373 bbl d 1374 Mass Flow Rate kg s 1322 kg min 1323 kg h 1324 kg d 1325 t s 1326 t min 1327 t h 1328 t d 1329 Ib s 1330 Ib min 1331 Ib h 1332 Ib d 1333 IM 01 06 00 01 lt 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS
234. ost When the alarm is confirmed transmission of the alarm is suspended IM 01 06 00 01 lt 5 CONFIGURATION gt 5 1 5 CONFIGURATION This chapter describes how to adapt the function and performance of the digitalYEWFLO to suit specific applications Because multiple devices are connected to Fieldbus it is important to carefully consider the device requirements and settings when configuring the system The following steps must be taken 1 Network design Determines the devices to be connected to Fieldbus and checks the capacity of the power supply 2 Network definition Determines the PD tag and node addresses for all devices 3 Definition of combining function blocks Determines how function blocks are combined 4 Setting tags and addresses Sets the PD Tag and node addresses for each device 5 Communication setting Sets the link between communication parameters and function blocks 6 Block setting Sets the parameters for function blocks The following section describes in sequence each step of this procedure The use of a dedicated configuration tool significantly simplifies this procedure Read APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS when the digitalYEWFLO is used as Link Master 5 1 Network Design Select the devices to be connected to the Fieldbus network The following are essential for the operation of Fieldbus Power supply Fieldbus requires a dedicated power supply It is recom
235. ot allow download Check the setting of the download tool with same software revision The download takes far longer than The fieldbus segment is noisy Check the noise level on the fieldbus segment expected or fails frequently An error occurs after activation Transient error caused by the internal resetting Check whether communication with the field of the field device device has recovered after a while The new software does not work after The file of the current revision was downloaded Obtain the correct file the activation Failure of the memory in field device etc Check SOFTDWN ERROR in the resource block and re try downloading If fails place a service call A11 8 Resource Block s Parameters Relating to Software Download TableA11 3 Additional Parameters of Resource Block Relative Default Write Index Index Parameter Name Factory Set Mode Description 53 1053 SOFTDWN_ 0x01 AUTO _ Defines whether to accept software downloads PROTECT 0x01 Unprotected 0x02 Protected 54 1054 SOFTDWN_ 0x01 AUTO _ Selects the software download method FORMAT 0x01 Standard 55 1055 SOFTDWN_COUNT 0 Indicates the number of times the internal FlashROM was erased 56 1056 SOFTDWN_ACT_ 0 Indicates the ROM number the currently working AREA FlashROM 0 FlashROM 0 working 1 FlashROM 1 working 57 1057 SOFTDWN_MOD__ 1 0 0 0 0 0 Indicates the software module revis
236. ource block Block tag Parameters F0301 ai Figure 3 1 Logical Structure of Each Block Various parameters the node address and the PD tag shown in Figure 3 1 must be set before using the device Read Chapter 4 and onward for the setting procedures 3 4 Wiring System Configuration The number of devices that can be connected to a single bus and the cable length vary depending on system design When constructing systems both the basic and overall design must be carefully considered to achieve optimal performance IM 01 06 00 01 lt 4 GETTING STARTED gt 4 1 4 GETTING STARTED Fieldbus is fully dependent upon digital communication protocol and differs in operation from conventional 4 to 20 mA transmission and the BRAIN communication protocol It is recommended that novice users use fieldbus devices in accordance with the procedures described in this section The procedures assume that fieldbus devices will be set up on a bench or in an instrument shop 4 1 Connection of Devices The following instruments are required for use with Fieldbus devices Power supply Fieldbus requires a dedicated power supply It is recommended that current capacity be well over the total value of the maximum current consumed by all devices including the host Conventional DC current cannot be used as is Terminator Fieldbus requires two terminators Read the supplier for details of terminators th
237. owed to take Normal Indicates the operating condition that the block will usually take Note 2 The followings are the operating conditions which the individual blocks will take Note 3 Read APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digital YEWFLO for details of the Write Mode for each block A2 3 Setting the Al Function Blocks Each digtalYEWFLO contains three Al function blocks AI2 and AI3 having independent parameters Set up the parameters of each block you use individually as necessary block performs the flow rate output calculation standard 1 Setting the calibration range Access the SCALE parameter Set the required unit in Unit Index of XD SCALE Set the upper range limit in EU at 10096 of XD SCALE Set the lower range limit in EU at 096 of XD SCALE Set the decimal point position in Decimal Point of XD SCALE FA0202 ai Example To measure 0 to 100m h Set m h 1349 in Units Index of XD SCALE Set 100 in EU at 100 of XD SCALE Set 0 in EU at 096 of XD SCALE 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS A2 3 1 2 Setting the output scale Example To set the output range to 0 to 100 Set EU at 100 of SCALE to 100 Set EU at 0 of SCALE to 0 Set Unit Index of XD SCALE to 1342 1 Access the OUT SCALE parameter Set the required unit in Unit Index of OUT SCA
238. per range limit will be set to the Upper and lower output range limits and sang eee Sto the Oto 10 mi unit OUT SCALE range in case of UNCALIBRATION Node address Set to OxF2 unless otherwise specified when ordered Explanation of parameters 1 XD SCALE Defines the input values from the transducer block input range of the sensor corresponding to 0 and 100 values in the calculation inside the Al function block For a digitalYEWFLO the values set as the flow span or temperature range option are stored in this parameter 2 OUT SCALE Output scaling parameter Defines the output values corresponding to 0 and 10096 values in the calculation inside the Al function block 3 L TYPE Determines whether the values passed from the transducer block sensor should be output without processing Direct or through scaling conversion based on OUT SCALE Indirect IM 01 06 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED INSTRUMENT gt 10 1 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT In this section further requirements and differences for explosion protected type instrument are described For explosion protected type instrument the description in this chapter is prior to other description in this Instruction Manual WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations A CAUTION Process temperature and ambient temperature on this section are the specifications f
239. ponding parameter cannot be written in any mode Default gs Index Parameter Name factory setting Write Valid Range Description 0 Block Header TAG PID Block Tag Same as that for an Al block O S 1 5 Same as that for Al block 2 TAG DESC blank Same as that for an Al block 3 STRATEGY 0 Same as that for an Al block 4 ALERT KEY 1 1 to 255 Same as that for an Al block 5 MODE 6 BLOCK_ERR Same as that for Al block 7 Measured value the non dimensional value that is converted from the input IN value based on the _ SCALE values and filtered 8 SP 0 AUTO SCALE 10 Setpoint 9 OUT MAN Output 10 PV SCALE 100 O S Upper and lower scale limit values used for scaling of the 0 input IN value 1342 96 1 11 OUT SCALE 100 O S Upper and lower scale limit values used for scaling of the 0 control output OUT value to the values in the engineering 1342 96 unit 1 12 GRANT DENY 0 AUTO Same as that for an Al block 13 CONTROL OPTS 0 O S Setting for control action Read APPENDIX 8 13 Measured value Tracking for details 14 STATUS OPTS 0 O S Read APPENDIX 8 15 Manual Fallback for details 15 IN 0 Controlled value input 16 PV FTIME Osec AUTO Time constant in seconds of the first order lag filter applied to IN 17 BYPASS 1
240. ps after Activating a Field Device A CAUTION The current dissipation of the target field device increases transitorily immediately after a download due to erasing of the FlashROM s contents Use a fieldbus power supply which has sufficient capacity to cover such increases in feed current A CAUTION Upon completion of the activation the target fieldbus device performs resetting internally which temporarily halts fieldbus communication and function block executions Be especially careful about a valve positioner the output air pressure will fall to the minimum level i e zero A CAUTION Do not turn off the power to a field device or disconnect the download tool during a download or activation The device may fail as a result NOTE Be careful about the noise on the fieldbus link If the fieldbus is noisy the downloading may take a very long time or fail A11 5 Download Files Download files have the following filenames with the filename extension of ffd Take care to choose the correct download file for the target field device 594543 device family _ device type domain name software name _ oon software revision For example the name of the download file for the DYF may have the following name 5945430009 0009 DYF SD ORIGINAL R202 ffd IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD Option EE gt A11 3 The
241. r to one decimal place FLOW RATE L TYPE of AI DIRECT INDIRECT Value OUT Value of AI 1 OUT Value of scaled based on XD SCALE and OUT SCALE Unit As specified by XD SCALE Units As specified by OUT SCALE Units Index of 11 Index of 11 Format Determined by the value of Determined by the value of SCALE EU at 100 of 11 OUT SCALE EU at 100 of Al1 TEMPERATURE 96 L TYPE of Al2 DIRECT INDIRECT Value Percentage calculated from OUT Percentage calculated from OUT Value Value and SCALE of AI2 and OUT SCALE of Al2 see note 2 see note 1 Unit Number to one decimal place Arithmetic Out Value AR OUT Value Unit AR OUT_RANGE Units Index Format AR OUT_RANGE Eu_100 Eu_0 Note 1 IfL TYPE is set to DIRECT the following equation applies to determine the displayed percentage Percentage OUT Value XD_SCALE EU at 0 XD_SCALE EU at 100 XD_SCALE EU at 0 x 100 Note 2 If TYPE is set to INDIRECT the following equation applies to determine the displayed percentage Percentage OUT Value OUT SCALE EU at 0 OUT SCALE EU at 100 OUT SCALE EU at 0 x 100 Display on Lower Row of LCD Indicator UPPER DISPLAY MODE Displayed Value Display Unit and Display Format BLANK Value Blank Unit Blank TOTAL Value TOTAL VAL of Al1 Unit TERTIARY VALUE UNIT of transducer block note 3 Format Determined by TOTAL RATE VAL of AI TEMPERATURE L TYPE of Al2
242. r making a memo The parameter used to check if various operations have been executed The bits in the GRANT parameter corresponding to various operations are set before any 12 GRANT DENY AUTO 0 of them are executed After the operations are complete the DENY parameter is checked to find out if any bit corresponding to the relevant operation has been set If no bit has been set it is evident that the operations have been executed successfully Determines whether an input is used as a good input when the input status is bad or uncertain Bit Function 0 Handles IN as good input if its status is uncertain 1 Handles IN_LO as good input if its status is uncertain 2 Handles IN_1 as good input if its status is uncertain 13 INPUT OPTS AUTO 0 3 Handles 1 as good input if its status is bad 4 Handles IN 2 as good input if its status is uncertain 5 Handles IN 2 as good input if its status is bad 6 Handles IN 3 as good input if its status is uncertain T Handles IN_3 as good input if its status is bad 8 to 15 Reserved 14 AUTO 0 Input block Input for a low range transmitter 19 ATO AUTO This is used for the range extension function 16 1 AUTO 0 Auxiliary input 1 17 2 AUTO 0 Auxiliary input 2 18 IN AUTO 0 Auxiliary input 3 19 AUTO 0 High limit for switching to a high range transmitter by the range extension function 20 RANGE LO
243. ransducer Scale EU at 10096 EU at 096 Units Index Decimal Output Scale EU at 10096 EU at 096 Units Index Decimal Process Value Filter Time Options Linearization Type Low Cutoff Options Status Options Total Setup Total Start Total Rate Value Total Reset Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host APPENDIX 9 DD MENU Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Alert Parameters Block Almarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Value Alarm Summary Current Unacknowledged Unreported Disabled Acknowledge Option Alarm Hysteresis High High Alarm Set High High Priority High High Limit High High Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value High Alarm Set High Priority High Limit High Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value Low Alarm Set Low Priority Low Limit Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value Low Low Alarm Set Low Low Priority Low Low Limit Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev Index Others Simulation Enable Simulation Disable Grant Deny Grant Deny uery Device Al Standard parameters
244. re 0 to 200 C SIMULATE parameter to enable simulation Set EU at 100 of XD_SCALE to 200 1 Disabled Set EU at 0 of XD_SCALE to 0 2 Active Set Unit Index of XD_SCALE to 1001 1 Access the SIMULATE Status element of 2 2 Setting the output scale SIMULATE and set the desired status code Access the OUT SCALE parameter Set the output value corresponding to the upper Access the SIMULATE Value element of range limit in EU at 10096 of OUT SCALE SIMULATE and set the desired input value Set the output value corresponding to the lower FA0207 ai range limit in EU at 096 of OUT SCALE Set the required unit in Unit Index of XD SCALE na SIMULATE Status and SIMULATE Value as the input and if disabled the Al block uses Transducer Status and Transducer Value as If simulation is enabled Al block uses FA0205 ai input Read Section 7 3 Simulation Function IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS A2 4 A2 4 Setting the Transducer Block To access the digitalYEWFLO specific functions in the transducer block the Device Description DD for the digitalYEWFLO needs to have been installed in the configuration tool used For installation read Section 4 4 Integration of DD 1 Setting the damping time constant Access the PRIMARY VALUE FTIME parameter Set the damping time constant in units of seconds FA0208 ai 2 Setting the output low cutoff le
245. rrelevant Generate reset event bit 9 of INTEG OPTS If this option is enabled an alert event is generated if a reset occurs A5 9 IM 01 06 00 01 5 10 lt APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK gt A5 7 List of Integrator Block Parameters Write Index Parameter Name Initial Value Definition Mode 0 IBLOCK HEADER TAG IT Block Tag Information relating to this function block such as block tag O S DDrevision execution time 1 ST REV 0 The revision level of the set parameters associated with the Integrator block 2 TAG DESC Spaces AUTO Stores comments describing tag information 3 STRATEGY 1 AUTO The strategy field is used by a high level system to identify the function block 4 ALERT KEY 1 AUTO Key information used to identify the location at which an alert occurred 5 MODE BLK AUTO integrator block mode O S MAN and AUTO are supported 6 ERR 0 Indicates the active error conditions associated with the function block in bit strings 7 TOTAL SP 1000000 0 AUTO The setpoint of an integrated value or a start value for counting down 8 OUT The block output 100000 0 0 i i i i i 9 RANGE Set scaling for output display This does not affect operation of the function block m3 1034 It is used for making memos 0 10 GRANT DENY 0 The parameter for checking if various operations have been
246. s Only one process alarm can be generated at the same time and the process alarm having the highest priority level from among those occurring at the same time is generated The priority level is set for each process alarm type Parameter Process Containing Alarm Cause of Occurrence Priority Level Setting HI Occurs when the PV increases PRI above the HI HI LIM value ALM Occurs when the PV increases HI PRI above value LO ALM Occurs when the PV decreases LO PRI below the LO LIM value LO LO ALM when the PV decreases LO LO below the LO LO LIM value DV HI Occurs when the value of PV HI PRI SP increases above the DV LIM value DV LO ALM Occurs when the value of PV DV LO PRI SP decreases below the DV LO LIM value IM 01 06 00 01 A8 19 Example of Block Connections Al OUT IN PID gt BKCAL_IN OUT asi AO BKCAL_OUT FA0808 ai When configuring a simple PID control loop by combining a digitalYEWFLO with a fieldbus valve positioner that contains an AO block follow the procedure below to make the settings of the corresponding fieldbus function blocks 1 Connect the Al block and PID block of the digitalYEWFLO and the AO block of the valve positioner as shown above Set MODE_BLK target of the PID block to
247. s index 367 is 2 indicating that it is an LM A1 2 Check the values of V ST and V TN in all LMs on the segment and confirm that the following condition is met Other LMs V ST x V TN digitalYEWFLO V ST x lt Q2 How can make a digitalYEWFLO become the LAS A2 1 Check that the version numbers of the active schedules in the current LAS and the digitalYEWFLO are the same by reading LinkScheduleListCharacteristicsRecord index 374 for a digitalYEWFLO ActiveScheduleVersion subindex 3 A2 2 Q3 1 A3 2 Q4 4 1 A7 8 Make the digitalYEWFLO declare itself as and become the LAS by writing 0x00 false to PrimaryLinkMasterFlagVariable in the current LAS and OxFF true to PrimaryLinkMasterFlagVariable index 364 in the digitalYEWFLO On a segment where a digitalYEWFLO works as the LAS another device cannot be connected Why Check the following bus parameters that indicate the bus parameter as being the LAS for the digitalY EWFLO and the capabilities of being the LAS for the device that cannot be connected V ST V MID and V MRD of digitalYEWFLO ConfiguredLinkSettingsRecord index 369 V ST V MID and V MRD of problematic device DImeBasiclnfo Then confirm that the following conditions are met digitalYEWFLO V ST gt V MID gt V MRD gt Problematic Device V ST V MID V MRD Check that the node address of the problematic
248. s limit switch signals to DI function blocks 3 Al function blocks three Output flowrate and temperature Condition raw data from the TR block Carry out scaling and damping with a first order lag and allow input simulation 4 DI function blocks two Limit switches for the flow rate and temperature option MV 5 IT function block one Accumulate given values 6 AR function block one Calculate input values 7 PID function block option LC1 Performs the PID computation based on the deviation of the measured value from the setpoint IM 01 06 00 01 lt 3 ABOUT FIELDBUS gt 3 3 Logical Structure of Each Block digital YEWFLO System network management VFD PD tag Communication parameters Node address Function block execution schedule Function block VFD PID function block option LC1 IT function block AR function block 012 function block DI1 function 2 Sensor function input block ransducer Al2 function block outputting the block temperature for a model with the option IMV function Block ta 9 block Sensor Block tag 9 input parameters M Parameters 5 c OUT Res
249. sary contact Yokogawa 5 Explosion Protected Type Instrument A WARNING The instruments are products which have been certified as explosion proof type instruments Strict limitations are applied to the structures installation locations external wiring work maintenance and repairs etc of these instruments Sufficient care must be taken as any violation of the limitations may cause dangerous situations Be sure to read Chapter 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT before handling the instruments For TIIS flameproof type instruments be sure to read INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT at the end of manual for the vortex flowmeter IM 01F06A00 01EN Only trained persons use this instrument in the industrial location Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations IM 01 06 00 01 N lt 1 INTRODUCTION gt 1 2 Warranty The terms of this instrument that are guaranteed are described in the quotation We will make any repairs that may become necessary during the guaranteed term free of charge Please contact our sales office if this instrument requires repair If the instrument is faulty contact us with concrete details about the problem and the length of time it has been faulty and state the model and serial number We would appreciate the inclusion of drawings or additional
250. sensor 2 Flow Rate 4 Arithmetic Out Access the LOWER_DISPLAY_MODE parameter and select the data to be displayed on the lower row of the LCD 1 Blank 2 Total Totalized flow rate 3 Temperature Temperature asa percentage needs the option MV which adds a built in temperature sensor 4 Integrator Out Access the DISPLAY_CYCLE parameter and set the display refresh cycle The cycle can be set to a multiple of 500 milliseconds in a range from 1 to 10 500 ms to 5 s and is set to 1 500 ms by default Prolong the cycle as necessary to improve legibility such as when used in a low temperature environment which makes the indications hard to read FA0211 ai IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS The UPPER DISPLAY MODE LOWER _ DISPLAY MODE parameter settings in the transducer TR block and the L_TYPE settings in the AI1 AI2 blocks determine which data items and their values and units are displayed on the LCD indicator as shown in the following tables Display on Upper Row of LCD Indicator UPPER DISPLAY MODE Displayed Value Display Unit and Display Format FLOW RATE 96 TYPE of Al1 DIRECT INDIRECT Value Percentage calculated from OUT Percentage calculated from OUT Value Value and SCALE of AI1 and OUT SCALE of Al1 see note 2 see note 1 Unit Numbe
251. ssed to the adder The adder adds these two values according to the option A5 3 1 Status of Value after Addition If one of the statuses of two arguments is Bad or if two of them are both Bad the status of the value after addition becomes Bad In this case the value of Good just before the status changed to Bad is used as the addition value When the statuses of two arguments are both Good the status of the value after addition becomes Good In this case the status of the value after addition will be used for the status applied to integration A5 3 2 Addition The following three options are available for addition TOTAL Adds two argument values as is FORWARD Adds two argument values regarding a negative value as 0 REVERSE Adds two argument values regarding a positive value as 0 You can choose these options using bit 2 and bit 3 of INTEG as follows Bit 2 of INTEG_OPTS Bit of INTEG_OPTS Adder Options Flow Forward Flow Reverse H H TOTAL L L TOTAL H FORWARD L H REVERSE The result of the adder is passed to the integrator If only one of the inputs is connected the value of a non connected input will be ignored When bit 7 of INTEG_OPTS Add zero if bad has been set if the status of a value after addition is Bad the value after addition increment becomes 0 5 4 Integrator When addition is complete its res
252. stTransGapExtension 1 V PhGE 10 MaxlInterChanSignalSkew 1 V PhlS 11 TimeSyncClass 1 V TSC IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS gt AT T 8 DimeBasiclnfo 11 PlmeBasicInfo capability value for Sub Size Sub Size index Element bytes Description index Element bytes Value Description 1 SlotTime 2 ndicates the 1 InterfaceMode 0 0 Half duplex capability value for 1 Full duplex V ST of the device 2 LoopBackMode 0 0 Disabled PerDlpduPhlOverhead 1 V PhLO 1 MAU 2 MDS 3 MaxResponseDelay 1 Indicates the 3 XmitEnabled 0 01 Channel 1 is enabled capability value for V MRD of the device O rS referredReceive x annel 1 is used for 4 ThisNode V TN node address Channel reception 5 ThisLink 2 M TL link id 6 MediaType 0x49 Wire medium voltage MinInterPduDelay Indicates the Selected mode and 31 25 kbps capability value for are selected V MID of the device 7 ReceiveSelect Ox01 Channel 1 is used for 7 TimeSyncClass 1 Indicates the reception V TSC of the device 8 PreambleExtension 1 2 12 LinkSch leActivationVariabl 9 PostTransGapExtension 1 IV PhGE 12 Schedule metvauonvarlable 10 MaxinterChanSignalSkew 1 V PhIS Writing the version number of an LAS sched
253. stem connects to the system network management VFD of the device A11 4 Software Download Sequence The flowchart below outlines the software download procedure Although the time taken for the entire procedure varies depending on the size of the field bus device s software it generally take about 20 minutes where there is a one to one connection between a fieldbus device and download tool and longer when multiple field devices are connected to the fieldbus Start download tool Select the software file s you Select file s want to download v Select the device s to which you Select device s want to download software y Transmit the software to the field Carry out download device s Y Activate device s Activate the device s to start with new software FA1102 ai Figure A11 2 of Software Download Procedure A CAUTION Carrying out a software download leaves the PD tag node address and transducer block calibration parameters that are retained in the nonvolatile memory inside the target device but may reset other parameters to the defaults except a minor update that does not change the number of parameters Hence where necessary save the parameters using an engineering tool parameter setting utility or the like before carrying out a software download and then reconfigure the field device s after the download For details read APPENDIX 11 6 Ste
254. such as Block Tag DD Al2 or O S Revision Execution Time etc 1 4001 4101 4201 ST REV 0 The revision level of the static data associated with the function block The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed 2 4002 4102 4202 TAG_DESC Spaces AUTO The user description of the intended application of the block 3 4003 4103 4203 STRATEGY 1 AUTO The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block 4 4004 4104 4204 ALERT_KEY 1 AUTO The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc 5 4005 4105 4205 MODE BLK AUTO AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block 6 4006 14106 4206 BLOCK ERR 0 This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown 7 4007 14107 4207 PV 0 Either the primary analog value for use in executing the function or a process value associated with it May also be calculated from the READBACK value of an AO block 8 4008 14108 4208 OUT 0 Value MAN The primary analog value calculated as a result of executing the function 9 4009 4109 4209 SIMULATE 1 Disabled AUTO Allows the transducer analog input or output to the block to be manually supplied when simulate is enabled
255. sure Unit AR AR PRESSURE UNIT and AR Bias Input2 AR BIAS IN 2 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 12 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM PRM Plant Resource Manager A12 5 Alarm item Alarm No Description Parameter AR Flow ed AR Input is not connected to the volumetric flow AL 89 RS DEVICE_ AL 89 Remedy Connect the volumetric flow data into AR Input AR IN STATUS_5 bit9 AR TEMP IN AR Inputt 1 is not connected to the temperature AL 90 RS DEVICE_ AL 90 Remedy Connect the temperature data into AR Input1 1 STATUS_5 bit8 AR Press AR Input2 AR IN_2 is not connected to the pressure AL 91 RS DEVICE_ AL 91 Remedy Connect the pressure data into AR Input2 2 STATUS_5 bit7 AR Compensation Coefficient AR AR FLOW CONFIG Element changed unexpected AR Comp Coef AL 92 Therefore AR Output AR OUT Value is uncertainty AL 92 RS DEVICE Conf Err AL 92 Remedy Set the AR Compensation Coefficient AR AR FLOW CONFIG element STATUS 5 bit6 again AR Output Range Units Index AR OUT RANGE Unit Index is not selected rightly the AR Output Unit AL 93 corresponding to AR Arithmetic Type AR ARITH TYPE AL 93 RS DEVICE Conf Err AL 93 Remedy Read IM or Check the AR Output Range Units Index AR OUT RANGE Unit STATUS 5 bit5 Index and AR Arithmetic Type AR ARITH TYPE Table A12 6 Additional Informatio
256. t APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK gt Default Index Parameter Name factory setting Write Valid Range Description 36 ROUT OUT 0 Remote control output value 37 TRK_SCALE 100 MAN Upper and lower scale limits used to convert the output 0 tracking value TRK_VAL to non dimensional 1342 1 38 TRK IN D 0 Switch for output tracking Read APPENDIX 8 12 External output Tracking for details 39 TRK VAL 0 Output tracking value TRK VAL When MODE BLK actual LO the value scaled from the TRK VAL value is set in OUT 40 FF VAL 0 Feedforward input value The VAL value is scaled to a value with the same scale as for OUT multiplied by the GAIN value and then added to the output of the PID computation 41 FF SCALE 100 MAN Scale limits used for converting the VAL value to a non 0 dimensional value 1342 96 1 42 FF GAIN 0 MAN Gain for FF VAL 43 UPDATE EVT Same as that for Al block 44 BLOCK_ALM Same as that for Al block 45 ALARM_SUM Enable Same as that for an Al block 46 ACK_OPTION 0 Same as that for an Al block 47 ALARM_HYS 0 5 0 to 50 Hysteresis for alarm detection and resetting to prevent each alarm from occurring and recovering repeatedly within a short time 48 PRI 0 Oto 15 Priority order of HI HI ALM alarm 49 HI 1 INF PV_SCALE Setting for HI alarm
257. t has been set to 2 to perform resetting Note 1 An intended set value can be written only if Min OUT SCALE EUO OUT SCALE EU100 lt the intended value lt INF Note 2 An intended set value cannot be written if INF lt the intended value lt Min OUT_SCALE EU0 OUT SCALE EU100 Note 3 Indicates the corresponding data for the temperature Note 4 The setting range of TOTAL RATE VAL is above 0 and its unit is determined by the setting in the Units Index element of XD SCALE For example if m h is set in Units Index of XD SCALE then the unit of TOTAL RATE VAL is m p square meters pulse or if kg s is set in Units Index of SCALE the unit of TOTAL RATE VAL is kg p Nevertheless for TOTAL RATE VAL set a power of ten such as 0 1 1 10 or 100 If any other number is set the totalizer reading on the LCD indicator shows the totalized pulse count without the unit IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO gt A1 6 A1 3 Transducer Block Relative Write Index Index Parameter Name Factory Default Mode Explanation 0 2000 Block Header TAG TB Block Tag Information on this block such as Block Tag DD Revision 0 5 Execution Time etc 1 2001 5 The revision level of the static data associated with the function block The revision value will be incremented each time a stati
258. tain Non Specific SV Status Specific Uncertain Substitude lt PV Status gt lt PV Status gt z Eust Uncertain Non Uncertain Non ransien lt PV Status gt gs Specific Specific i AL 51 Vibration AL Uncertain Last Provided 51 Usable Value lt OUT Status gt lt OUT Status gt OFF Uncertain Non Uncertain Non Specific Specific lt PV Status gt lt PV Status gt High Vibration lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific Bad Non Specific Provided AL 52 Bad Non Specific lt OUT Status gt OUT Status OFF Bad Non Specific Bad Non Specific lt PV Status gt lt PV Status gt lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Uncertain Non Clogging AL Uncertain Sensor Specific Provided AL 53 53 Conversion not OUT Status lt OUT Status gt OFF Accurate Uncertain Non Uncertain Non Specific Specific lt PV Status gt lt PV Status gt lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Uncertain Non AL 54 Fluctuating Uncertain Sensor Specific Specific Provided AL 54 Conversion not lt OUT Status gt lt OUT Status gt OFF Accurate Uncertain Non Uncertain Non Specific Specific Aigi oe Not provided Range AL 61 IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE gt A3 9 LCD Alarm Detail Block 012 Block PID Block IT Block AR Block Alam Reset SW Display default lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of S
259. talYEWFLO supports four view objects for each of the Resource block Transducer block three blocks two DI blocks one IT block one AR block and PID block option Each view object contains a group of the parameters listed in Tables 5 11 to 5 17 Table 5 10 Purpose of Each View Object Description plant operation PV SV OUT Mode etc VIEW 1 Set of dynamic parameters required by operator for VIEW 2 Set of static parameters which need to be shown to plant operator at once Range etc VIEW 3 Setof all the dynamic parameters VIEW 4 Set of static parameters for configuration or maintenance 5 6 4 Function Block Parameters Function block parameters can be read from the host or can be set For details of the function blocks read APPENDIX IM 01 06 00 01 lt 5 CONFIGURATION gt Table 5 11 View Objects for Resource Block Relative Parameter VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW Relative Parameter VIEW VIEW VIEW _ Index Mnemonic 1 2 3 4 Index Mnemonic 1 2 3 1 ST REV 2 2 2 2 31 NOTIFY 2 TAG DESC 32 LIM NOTIFY 1 3 STRATEGY 2 33 CONFIRM TIME 4 4 ALERT KEY 1 34 WRITE LOCK 1 5 MODE BLK 4 4 35 UPDATE EVT 6 BLOCK ERR 2 2 36 BLOCK ALM 7 5_5 1 1 37 ALARM_SUM 8 8 8
260. te Time Stamp Subcode Float Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev Index Others Simulation Enable Simulation Disable Grant Deny Grant Deny Query Device Al Standard parameters FA0904 ai A9 4 01 06 00 01 5 Function Block A9 5 lt APPENDIX 9 DD MENU gt Low Low Alarm Set Low Low Priorit Low Low Limit Menus Block Info Diagnostics Alerts Block Tag Block Error Tag Description Alert Parameters Strategy Block Almarm Alert Key Unacknowledged Block Mode Alarm State Target Time Stamp Actual Subcode Permitted Value Normal Alarm Summary Dynamic Variables Current Field Value Unacknowledged Status Unreported Value Disabled Process Value Acknowledge Option Status Alarm Hysteresis Value High High Alarm Set Output High High Priority Status High High Limit Value High High Alarm Configuration Unacknowledged Block Mode Alarm State Target Time Stamp Actual Subcode Permitted Float Value Normal High Alarm Set Channel High Priority Transducer Scale High Limit EU at 100 High Alarm EU at 0 Unacknowledged Units Index Alarm State Decimal Time Stamp Output Scale Subcode EU at 100 Float Value EU at 0 Low Alarm Set Units Index Low Priorit Decimal Low Limit Process Va
261. the ACTIVATE command to proceed to transition from DWNLD OK to DWNLD READY IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD Option gt A11 8 2 DOMAIN_DESCRIPTOR Sub Size Index Element Bytes Description 1 Command 1 Reads writes software download commands 1 PREPARE_FOR_DWNLD instruction of download preparation 2 ACTIVATE activation instruction 3 CANCEL_DWNLD instruction of download cancellation 2 State 1 Indicates the current download status 1 DWNLD_NOT_READY download not ready 2 DWNLD_PREPARING download under preparation 3 DWNLD_READY ready for download 4 DWNLD_OK download complete 5 DOWNLOADING download underway 6 CHECKSUM_FAIL not used in this product 7 FMS DOWNLOAD FAIL failure during download 8 DWNLD INCOMPLETE download error detected at restart 9 VCR FAIL not used in this product 10 OTHER download error other than 6 and 7 detected 3 Error Code 2 Indicates the error during a download and activation 0 success configuration retained download successfully completed 32768 65535 Download error See Table 4 for error codes 4 Download Domain Index 4 Indicates the index number of the domain for software downloading 5 Download Domain Header Index 4 Indicates the index number of the domain header to which the download is performing 6 Activated Domain Header Index 4 Indicates the index numbers
262. tion The version of the schedule is usually monitored but no action takes place even when it changes 7 Live list equalization Transmits SPDU messages to LMs to equalize live lists 8 LAS transfer Transfers the right of being the LAS to another LM 9 Reading writing of Read APPENDIX 7 5 LM NMIB for LM Parameters 10 Trip Delay yet supported in the current Reply RR version Reply to DLPDU 11 Long address Not yet supported in the current version IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS gt 7 4 A7 5 LM Parameters 7 5 1 LM Parameter List The tables below show LM parameters of a digitalYEWFLO Meanings of Access column entries RW read write possible R read only pens Parameter Name a 55 Remarks 362 DLME LINK MASTER CAPABILITIES VARIABLE 0x04 RW 363 DLME LINK 0 RW EE ERU INFO_ 1 MaxSchedulingOverhead 0 2 DefMinTokenDelegTime 100 3 DefTokenHoldTime 300 4 TargetTokenRotTime 4096 5 LinkMaintTokHoldTime 400 6 TimeDistributionPeriod 5000 7 MaximumlnactivityToClaimLasDelay 8 8 LasDatabaseStatusSpduDistributionPeriod 6000 364 PRIMARY LINK MASTER FLAG VARIABLE RW LAS True OxFF non LAS False 0x00 365 LIVE LIST STATUS ARRAY VARIABLE R 366 MAX TOKEN HOLD 10 RW 1 Elementi 0 0000 16 0x012cx16 2 Element2 0x012cx5 0x0000x27 3 Eleme
263. tion within the Al function block It is possible to set a unit and scale that differ from the measurement range Set four data the unit of the scale the output value at the 0 point i e the lower output scale limit the output value at the 100 point i e the upper output scale limit and the decimal point position Select the calculation function of each Al function block from the following Direct The output of the transducer block is directly output only via filtering without scaling and square root extraction in the range set in XD SCALE Indirect Proportional scaling is applied to the input to the Al function block and the result is output in the range set in OUT SCALE IndirectSQRT Square root extraction is applied to the input to the Al function block and the result is output in the range set OUT SCALE This setting is not used for a digitalYEWFLO This output mode setting also applies to the scale and unit of indications on the LCD indicator Damping time constant setup PRIMARY VALUE FTIME of TR block Output signal low cut mode setup LOW CUT FLOW of TR block Set the time constant of damping in seconds The setting of PRIMARY VALUE FTIME affects not only the flow rate but also the totalization In comparison the setting of parameter PV FTIME in an function block works as the damping time constant for the Al block s OUT As the damping feature of the flowmeter itself it is advisable to us
264. to AL 67 alarms pertaining to AI2 0 Bit 10 AL 68 to AL 70 alarms pertaining to DI1 0 Bit 9 AL 71 to AL 73 alarms pertaining to DI2 0 Bit8 AL 74 to AL 76 alarms pertaining to PID 0 Bit 7 Not used Bit 6 Corresponds to parameter K45 in a non Fieldbus type digitalYEWFLO 1 Selects the output action upon occurrence of High Vibration in self diagnostics Bit5 AL 05 flow sensor fault 1 Bit4 AL 06 failure of amplifier s input circuit 1 Bit 3 AL 51 transient excessive vibration transient disturbance 0 Bit 2 AL 52 excessive vibration 0 Bit 1 AL 53 flow anomaly clogging 0 Bit 0 AL 54 flow anomaly excessive output fluctuations 0 These default bit statuses comprise 0x1070 as the default value of ALARM PERFORM IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 4 FUNCTION DIAGRAMS OF FUNCTION gt A4 1 APPENDIX 4 FUNCTION DIAGRAMS OF FUNCTION BLOCKS A4 1 Al Function Block OUT FA0401 ai Figure A4 1 Input Output of Al Block i Cutoff Filter PV d Low cur Direct Output MODE Alarms HI LO kg g sssi See kas SSeS Bas SS Steph O SES REESE Sa Shee eee eee eee el FA0402 ai CHANNEL Figure A4 2 Function Diagram of Al Block A4 2 DI Function Block Transducer OUT_D FA0403 ai Figure A4 3 Input Output of DI Block Simulate Optional Filter SIMULATE_D Invert PV_FTIME FIELD_VAL_D Output
265. to affect function or performance Yokogawa assumes no responsibilities for this product except as stated in the warranty Ifthe customer or any third party is harmed by the use of this product Yokogawa assumes no responsibility for any such harm owing to any defects in the product which were not predictable or for any indirect damages Safety and Modification Precautions The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this instrument Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific WARNINGS given elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design manufacture and intended use of the instrument Yokogawa assumes no liability for the customer s failure to comply with these requirements If this instrument is used in a manner not specified in this manual the protection provided by this instrument may be impaired Yokogawa will not be liable for malfunctions or damage resulting from any modification made to this instrument by the customer The following safety symbol marks are used in this manual and instrument WARNING AWARNING sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to procedure practice condition or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in injury or death of personnel A CAUTION A CAUTION sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to procedure practice condition or the like whic
266. trical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female IECEx Intrinsically Safe Ex ia Note 1 2 SS28 Applicable Standard IEC 60079 0 IEC 60079 11 Type of Protection Ex ia T4 T1 Ga Integral Type Ex ia T6 T1 Ga Remote Type Detector Ex ia Ga Remote Type Converter Ambient Temperature 40 to 60 Integral Type 50 to 80 78 Remote Type Detector 40 to 80 Remote Type Converter Option MV Ambient Humidity 0 to 10096 RH No condensation Process Temperature 84 78 C T5 100 C T4 135 T3 199 198 C T2 299 288 C T1 449 438 C Option HT above 250 C and Option LT below 29 C Option MV Signal Supply Terminals SUPPLY and Entity Ui 24 V li 250 mA Pi 1 2 Ci 3 52 nF 0 mH FISCO Ui 17 5 V li 500 mA Pi 5 5 W 3 52 nF Li 0 mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female TIIS explosion proof Ex T6 approval uis Industrial Safety Ambient Temperature 20 to 60 Electrical connection JIS G1 2 female TIIS Japan IM 01 06 00 01 lt 9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS gt 9 7 lt Factory setting gt Item for Flow Rate Signal Standard Al2 N Oie Tag number Set FT1003 by default unless otherwise specified when ordered Output mode L_TYPE Direct 1 range limits The up
267. ts secondary control block is changed from CAS to AUTO the cascade connection is opened and the control action of the primary block stops The SP ofthe primary controller can be equalized to its cascade input signal CAS IN also in this case The settings for measured value tracking are made in the parameter CONTROL OPTS as shown in the table below CONTROL OPTS Options in CONTROL OPTS Bypass Enable Description This parameter allows BYPASS to be set SP PV Track in Man Equalizes SP to PV when MODE BLK target is set to Man SP PV Track in ROut Equalizes SP to PV when MODE BLK target is set to ROut SP PV Track in LO or IMan Equalizes SP to PV when actual is set to LO or IMAN SP PV Track retained Target Equalizes SP to RCAS when MODE BLK target is set to RCas and to CAS when MODE BLK target is set to Cas when the actual mode of the block is IMan LO Man or ROut Direct Acting Set the PID block to a direct acting controller Track Enable This enables the external tracking function The value in TRK VAL will replace the value of OUT if TRK IN D becomes true and the target mode is not Man Track in Manual This enables TRK VAL to replace the value of OUT when the target mode is Man and IN D is true The actual mode will then beLO Use PV for Sets the value of PV in BKCAL OUT and BKCAL OUT RCAS OUT instead of the value of SP Obey SP l
268. tus Device Status 1 Device Status 2 Device Status 3 Device Status 4 Device Status 5 Device Status 6 Device Status 7 Device Status 8 Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host Alert Parameters Block Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Sum Current Unacknowledged Unreported Disabled Acknowledge Option Write Priority Write Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Discrete Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev Relative Index Others Restart Grant Deny Grant Deny Sim Enable Message Hardware Info Hard Types Memory Size Nonvolatile Cycle Time Free Space Free Time dentification Manufacturer Id Device Type Device Revision DD Revision Other Info ITK Version Soft Revision Soft Description SoftDL Count SoftDL Act Area SoftDL Module Revision SoftDL Error Query Device RS Standard parameters Enhanced parameters FA0901 ai 01 06 00 01 2 Transducer Block Transducer Block Top menu Block Info Block Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Transducer Directory Transducer Type Block Mode Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Primary Value Value Status Secondary Value Status Value Secondary Value Unit Tertiary Value Status Value Tertiary Value
269. ule which has already been downloaded to the domain to this parameter causes the corresponding 9 PlmeBasicCharacteristics schedule to be executed On the other hand writing to this parameter stops execution of the Sub Size mE index Element bytes Value Description active schedule 1 Channel 1 0 Statistics Statistics data are not Supported supported 13 LinkScheduleListCharacteristicsRecord 2 Medium 8 0x49 00 00 0000 0000 00 Wire medium AndData voltage mode Sub Element Size Description Rates and 31 25 kbps index bytes Supported are supported 1 NumOf 1 Indicates the total number of 3 IceVersion 2 10 0403 IEC 4 3 is Schedules LAS schedules that have been supported downloaded to the domain 4 NumOf 4 1 2 NumOfSub 1 Indicates the maximum number Channels SchedulesPer of sub schedules an LAS 5 P 110 0 B d Schedule schedule can contain This Mode 4 en d is fixed to 1 in the Yokogawa communication stacks 3 ActiveSchedule 2 Indicates the version number Version of the schedule currently 10 ChannelStates executed 4 ActiveSchedule 2 Indicates the index number Sub Size T OdIndex of the domain that stores the index Element bytes ale Description schedule currently executed 1 Channel 1 1 0 00 In Use No Bad since last 5 j ActiveSchedule 6 Indicates the time when the read No Silent since last read StaringTime current schedule began being No Jabber since last read Tx executed Good
270. ult will be passed to the integrator Integration consists of combinations of a reset method and counting up down There are the following seven integration types which can be set using INTEG_TYPE 1 UP_AUTO Counts up with automatic reset when TOTAL_SP is reached Counts up from 0 and reset on demand 3 DN AUTO Counts down with automatic reset when zero is reached Counts down from SP and reset on demand 5 PERIODIC Counts up from 0 and is reset periodically according to CLOCK PER Counts up from 0 and is reset on demand 7 PER amp DEM Counts up from 0 and is reset periodically or on demand Each type of integration is independently run as a function There are the following four types of integrated values 1 Total Integrates the result of the adder as is 2 ATotal Integrates the absolute value of the result of the adder 3 RTotal Integrates the absolute value of the result of the adder only if the status of the result is Bad This value is used for the RTOTAL value 4 AccTotal An extension function The result of the adder is integrated as is and will not be reset The value is used for the ACCUM TOTAL expanded parameter value The Table A5 1 shows the details of INTEG TYPE 2 UP DEM 4 DN DEM 6 DEMAND 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK gt 5 5 Table 5 1 INTEG_TYPE Integration Reset Trigger Reset if of the
271. um length of the spur laid for connection The polarity of signal and power must be maintained Fieldbus power supply digitaYEWFLO HOST Terminator F0401 ai Figure 4 1 Device Connection A IMPORTANT Connecting a Fieldbus configuration tool to a loop with its existing host may cause communication data scrambling resulting in a functional disorder or a system failure Disconnect the relevant control loop from the bus if necessary IM 01 06 00 01 lt 4 GETTING STARTED gt 42 Host Setting To activate Fieldbus the following settings are required for the host IMPORTANT Do not turn off the power immediately after setting When the parameters are saved to the EEPROM the redundant processing is executed for the improvement of reliability If the power is turned off within 60 seconds after setting is made the modified parameters are not saved and the settings may return to the original values Table 4 2 Operation Parameters Symbol V ST Parameter Slot Time Description and Settings Indicates the time necessary for immediate reply of the device Unit of time is in octets 256 us Set maximum specification for all devices For digitalYEWFLO set a value of 4 or greater V MID Minimum Inter PDU Delay Minimum value of communication data intervals Unit of time is in octets 256 us Set the maximum specification for all devices For
272. ures above 250 the flow meters of the HT version must be used Precautions shall be taken to minimize the risk from electrostatic discharge of painted parts When the enclosure of the flow meter or the flow converter are made of aluminum if it is mounted in an area where the use of EPL Ga equipment is required it must be installed such that even in the event of rare incidents ignition sources due to impact and friction sparks are excluded The dielectric strength of at least 500 V a c r m s between the intrinsically safe circuits and the enclosure of the flow meter or the converter is limited only by the overvoltage protection IM 01 06 00 01 lt 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT gt 10 11 B Installation WARNING All wiring shall comply with local installation requirements and local electrical code Use the suitable heat resisting cables over 90 C for the digitalYEWFLO Model DY Series Vortex Flowmeter when the ambient temperature exceeds 60 and or the process temperature exceeds 200 The cable entry devices shall be certified in type of protection flame proof enclosure and suitable for the conditions of use and correctly installed Unused apertures shall be closed with certified blanking elements in type of protection flame proof enclose d The grounding terminals are located on the inside and outside of the terminal area Connect the cable to grounding ter
273. us Record of Values If the host has a function of continuously records the indications use this function to list the indications values Depending on the host being used it may be necessary to set the schedule of Publish the function that transmits the indication on a periodic basis 01 06 00 01 lt 4 GETTING STARTED gt 4 7 Generation of Alarm If the host is allowed to receive alarms generation of an alarm can be attempted from the digitalYEWFLO In this case set the reception of alarms on the host side The digitalYEWFLO s VCR 7 is factory set for this purpose For practical purposes all alarms are placed in a disabled status for this reason it is recommended that you first use one of these alarms on a trial basis Set the value of link object 3 index 30002 as 0 299 0 6 0 Read Subsection 5 6 1 Link Objects for details Since the LO PRI parameter index 4029 of the block is set to 0 try setting this value to 3 Select the Write function from the host in operation specify an index or variable name and write 3 to it The LO parameter index 4030 of the Al block determines the limit at which the lower bound alarm for the process value is given In usual cases a very small value is set to this limit Set smaller value than 100 value of XD SCALE same unit Since the flow rate is almost 0 a lower bound alarm is raised Check that the alarm can be received at the h
274. user must configure the factor of conversion to the appropriate engineering unit the PULSE VAL1 PULSE_ VAL2 parameters Moreover the unit of IN 2 is standardized to that of IN_1 in the same way as rate conversion Thus the user must also set an appropriate value to UNIT_CONV input Current read value Previous read value counts number of pulse input2 Current read value Previous read value counts number of pulse PULSE_VAL2 20 x pulse value2 A5 2 4 Determining the Input Flow Direction The Integrator block also considers the input flow direction Information about the input flow direction is contained in REV FLOW1 and REV_FLOW2 0 FORWARD 1 REVERSE In input processing the sign of the value after rate and accumulation conversion is reversed if the REV FLOW REV FLOWZ2 parameters setto REVERSE When determination of the flow direction of two input values is complete these two inputs are passed to the adder The settings in REV FLOW will be retained even if the power is turned OFF increment1 PULSE_VAL1 19 x pulse value1 kg pulse increment2 UNIT_CONV 18 Ib x conversion factor kg Ib pulse FA0503 ai Figure A5 3 Increment Calculation with Counter Input IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK gt 5 4 5 3 When input processing is complete two arguments that have been rate and accumulate converted will be pa
275. vel Access the OUTPUT CUT FLOW parameter Set the cutoff level of the flow rate output Low cut value Flow rate Hysteresis 20 FA0209 ai 3 Setting the limit switch functions Set up limit switches 1 and 2 Limit switch statuses can be read from a host as outputs of DI blocks Access the LIMSW_1_TARGET parameter and select the flow rate or temperature to be monitored by limit switch 1 1 PRIMARY_VALUE Flow rate 2 SECONDARY_VALUE Temperature Access the LIMSW_1_ACT_DIRECTION parameter and select the direction of limit switch 1 s actions 1 HI LIMIT High limit switch 2 LO LIMIT Low limit switch Access the LIMSW 1 SETPOINT parameter and set the threshold for turning on limit switch 1 As necessary the on off hysteresis can be modified by changing the value of the LIMSW 1 HYSTERESIS parameter only a positive value can be set FA0210 ai The above shows the setting procedure for limit Switch 1 As necessary also set up limit switch 2 4 Setting up the LCD display Select the data to be displayed on the LCD indicator and the display refresh cycle First select the data to be displayed on the upper row of the LCD Access the UPPER DISPLAY MODE parameter and select an item 1 Flow Rate 96 Instantaneous flow rate as a percentage Instantaneous flow rate in the specified unit 3 Temperature Temperature as a percentage needs the option MV which adds a built in temperature
276. volumetric 100 O S The method of the last sensor calibration METHOD 100 volumetric 101 static weight 24 2024 SENSOR_CAL_LOC 0 5 Sets indicates the location of the last sensor calibration 25 2025 SENSOR_CAL 0 5 Sets indicates the date the last sensor calibration _DATE 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 1 LIST PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO gt A1 7 Relative Write index Index Parameter Name Factory Default Mode Explanation 26 2026 SENSOR CAL O S Sets indicates the name of the person responsible for the WHO last sensor calibration 27 2027 LIN TYPE linear with input 1 The linearization type of sensor output digitalYEWFLO is linear with input 28 2028 SECONDARY 0 O S Temperature value VALUE 29 2029 SECONDARY C 1001 O S Temperature value unit of Al2 _ VALUE UNIT The unit is linked to the unit of SCALE 30 2030 PRIMARY_ 4s AUTO Sets the time constant of damping for the flow rate VALU E FTIME calculation Setting range 0 to 99 s 31 2031 VALUE 0 Indicates the totalized flow rate and its status 32 2032 TERTIARY VALUE _ O S Indicates the unit of the totalized flow rate switches over in UNIT line with a change to the unit setting in XD SCALE among 1034 m 1038 L 1088 kg 1092 t 1521 Nm 1531 NL Sm 1526 and 1536 SL N Normal S Standard 33 2033 LIMSW 1
277. wledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Deviation Low Alarm Set Deviation Low Priority Deviation Low Limit Deviation Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Update Event Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Others Grant Deny Grant Deny Query Device Standard parameters FA0909 ai A9 9 IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 10 METHOD gt A10 1 APPENDIX 10 METHOD A10 1 Transducer Block METHOD is a program to facilitate the parameter settings Set TR block to 5 for parameter setting by METHOD 1 Setup Wizard Method Setup Wizard Method Display the start message heck the Mode Actual Auto automatically judgement 005 Set the following parameter TEMPERATURE_UNIT PROCESS TEMP 1 Check the SENSOR_STATUS automatically judgement Built in Temp Sensor Standard Jump to method of Jump to method of FLUID_TYPE THERMOMETER_FUNCTION Set the following parameters DENSITY_UNIT PROCESS_DENSITY 1 Do you want to set the following parameter Yes CHARACTERIZE_METER Set following parameter SIZE_SELECT No BODY_TYPE VORTEX_SENSOR_TYPE K_FACTOR_UNIT K_FACTOR 1 lt Display the PV Range value v Display the end message Sub method FLUID TYPE
278. x 230 1 0 25 20 37 5 1 19 10 10 PV 10 A6 2 2 Auxiliary Inputs There are bias and gain parameters for the 1 IN_2 and IN_3 auxiliary inputs The following shows the equation using them t i IN i BIAS IN i x GAIN IN i The bias parameter is used for calculating absolute temperature or absolute pressure while the gain parameter is used for normalization of square root extraction 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 6 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK gt A6 3 2 3 INPUT_OPTS Ifthe status of IN is anything other than good and that of IN LO is good IN LO lt RANGE HI gt PV IN_LO IN LOZ RANGE H Read APPENDIX INPUT OPTS has an option that handles an input with uncertain or bad status as a good status input P 6 2 1 Main Inputs Bit Functi If the status of IN is good and that of IN LO is uncuon anything other than good 0 Handles IN as a good status input if its status is uncertain 1 Handles IN LO as a good status input if its status is PV g x IN 1 9 x IN LO PV IN uncertain N 2 Handles 1 as a good status input if its status is RANGE LO uncertain 3 Handles IN 1 as a good status input if its status is bad 4 Handles IN 2 as a good status input if its status is If the status of IN is anything other than good uncertain and that of IN LO is g
279. x14 to V FUN 1 0x00 OxOF Not used 0x10 Bridge device 0x13 0x14 V FUN V FUN OxF7 Basic device EE Default address Tito Portable device address OxFF 0703 Figure A7 3 Node Address Ranges In the event that the current LAS in this segment node address 0x14 fails the LM with the address of 0x15 takes its place to become the LAS Basic device Basic device Basic device OxF3 OxF4 FA0702 ai 2 Inthe LAS settings of the digitalYEWFLO set the values of V ST V MRD and V MID to the same as the respective lowest capability values in all the devices within the segment An example is shown below DimeBasiclInfo digitalYEWFLO Index 361 SM Element Sub digital Device Device Device 2 3 Description Capability 1 Slot Time 4 ER 19 Capability 3 3 3 5 value for y V MRD Capability 6 nm 4 8 12 10 value for y V MID In this case set SlotTime MaxResponseTime and MinInterPduDelay as follows ConfiguredLinkSettingsRecord digitalYEWFLO Index 369 SM Subindex Element Description 1 SlotTime 20 4095 V ST 3 MaxResponseDelay 6 5 V MRD 6 MinInterPduDelay 12 12 V MID IM 01 06 00 01 lt APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS gt AT 3 3 In the LAS settings of the digitalYEWFLO set

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

DEWALT DWE575SB Use and Care Manual    User Manual - Lexycom Technologies  PRO – 1250 SERIES User manual  Afficher le PDF de l`aide  HP D9R28A large format media  DOcumentazione tecnica MTV    NI 1450 Series Compact Vision System Quick Start Guide    

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file